December 29, 2007
Art Review : Chris Ashley: I Made This For You
I Made This For You reviewed by Timothy Buckwalter for KQED Arts & Culture:
Art Review : Chris Ashley: I Made This For You
I'm gonna say this right off, and then we can move on. Chris Ashley has created the grooviest advent calendar. Ever.
At some point that idea will hit you as you are wander through I Made This For You, Ashley's current online show at Marjorie Wood Gallery. I'm sure there is some element of intent at work here; Ashley's daily drawings are laid out in pop-up windows that represent the days of December.
When the calendar realization first hit me I lost interest in the work for a bit. It all seemed so hokey, and kinda hoary, but only for a brief while. Soon the serious joy that is the exhibition quickly lit back up.
And serious joy it is, in a hard edge sort of way.
Read the rest...
Posted by chrisashley at
12:01 AM
November 09, 2007
Steven LaRose’s Otherworldliness
The following essay was written for the exhibition catalog for:
Steven LaRose: Portraits or Landscapes from the Uncanny Mist
November 10 - December 22, 2007
Kristi Engle Gallery
5002 York Blvd. Highland Park, CA 90042
Opening Reception: November 10, 2007, 6:00 - 9:00 pm
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Steven LaRose’s Otherworldliness
Well into Kevin Costner’s underrated film Waterworld, there is a moment when the camera views “the Mariner” about three-quarters from the rear and we catch a glimpse of a gill behind his ear. It’s an unexpected, even shocking moment—although it makes sense that a future water-covered earth resulting from melted polar ice caps would require the evolution of gills, it’s jarring because it’s an otherworldly way of being that exists “outside of or not in accordance with nature as we know it— nonnatural, preternatural, transcendental[1].” Because of his gills, the Mariner can dive to the remains of previous civilizations at the ocean’s bottom to retrieve objects or artifacts valued as treasure. Looking at Steven LaRose’s new paintings, I think of the Mariner’s gills, the kind of world he lives in, and his activities.
Context
Over the past year or so I have witnessed the development of LaRose’s current crop of paintings via virtual studio visits. Generally, he reports progress on his blog[2] with images and writing elaborated in discussion with a community of fairly regular visitors, while finished work is captured and sorted in Flickr [3]. Anyone can look, although clearly, seeing paintings on a monitor is no substitute for the actual thing. Still, peering over the artist’s shoulder, even edited and in pix
els, is a privilege few people experienced in the past.
It has been fascinating to follow the ups and downs and back and forth from my ringside seat. Having watched LaRose’s (heroic) struggle with the many paths his work took until he wrangled them into a more focused, though certainly not myopic, direction, I think of how he has entwined several components into a combination that is integrated and strong. Three components in this recent work I want to discuss are subject matter (the otherworldly), material (the properties of colored liquid), and viewer experience (the sublime).
Otherworldly
From the first moment I finally relaxed enough to successfully snorkel I was immediately enthralled and terrified. I knew that I had entered a hostile and indifferent world in which I am a complete foreigner, but that I could carefully visit and observe. For years I have known: I am no Mariner. Floating face down on the surface of the ocean, one sees tremendous beauty, but in colder and deeper waters, particularly, the sights are almost monstrous and vaguely repelling, or compellingly otherworldly.
LaRose’s images ooze a sense of otherworldliness. His images depict some other form of life from an environment foreign to me. The scale is weird and indefinable, and we can’t really know how large something is: near or far, microscopic or gigantic? What kind of space is depicted: shallow or deep? Are two depicted objects supposedly different sizes or instead positioned closer to and further from the plane upon which they’re painted? Despite all of my looking I can’t know with certainty where I am in relation to the images, and, in fact, I don’t even know if I’m in the same world. I’m a visitor.
Numerous ambiguities let me look at these images in several ways. The two shapes in Beautiful Miasma might be ocean life, microbial life, or extraterrestrial life—are they parent and child, or prey and predator? 05-26-07-b is simultaneously a Jurassic Cyclops skull, a setting sun over a megalithic formation, and an egg or eyeball in a bell jar. 05-22-07-c is a snail and a cauliflower, a dendrite and a nebula, and antennae and an explosion.
Is this nature or fabrication, history or fantasy, science or monstrosity? Although “outside of accordance with nature,” I take some consolation in knowing that it’s all simply paint on a flat surface, but only a little consolation—because everything I see is unnamable and uncertain I am filled with the inner struggle, even anxiety, of approach-avoidance, fascination and revulsion, and a deeply engaged ambivalence. And I like that, in a creepy, familiar sort of way.
Liquid
The story goes that God made a form and blew life into it, resulting in Adam. But that’snot necessarily a useful model for the artist: He made the form that He imagined to receive the life that He had planned for it, whereas the artist struggles to find a form into which he desperately hopes to be able to breathe some life. The former is perfectly conceptualized execution, while the latter is chaotic trial and error. The artist finds ways to realize form and life, though the route may be indirect and unexpected, delayed and unknown.
Many of LaRose’s recent images are made by blowing on the paint though a straw, or with a compressor or hairdryer; by pushing the paint with objects; and by tilting the horizontal support. The thought of blowing paint brings Jean-Baptiste-Siméon Chardin's The Soap Bubble, ca. 1734[4], to mind, but rather than blowing a perfect sphere, LaRose’s blown shapes resemble burst bubbles and splattered liquid. Yet I don't see accident and disorder; but instead composed images of colored liquid deliberately shepherded into complex layers of skittering lines and choreographed shapes like explosive floral fireworks.
Pushing colored liquid around a horizontal surface with a straw is a risky business for an adult attempting to make serious images. It’s related to Surrealist techniques: coulage, frottage, grattage, heatage [5]. It’s also a grade school thing, akin to scratching lines through black ink to uncover the brilliant waxy crayon field below. Is this a way of suppressing expected art skills, or developing new or unexpected skills? For LaRose, whose drawing and painting skills are extremely impressive, to blow paint is to avoid an expected dexterity of the hand, while employing other extremely sensitive parts of the painter’s body—mouth, tongue, throat, lungs—areas that are soft, delicate, vulnerable, hidden.
Sublime
Edmund Burke's idea of the beautiful and the sublime, published in 1757[6], is that the “Beautiful…is what is well-formed and aesthetically pleasing, whereas the Sublime is what has the power to compel and destroy us [7].” In Tracey Bashkoff’s excellent introduction to the catalog On the Sublime[8] she quotes Burke, noting that beauty is “that quality or those qualities in bodies by which they cause love, or some passion similar to it” and the sublime is founded on “whatever is qualified to cause terror.” She notes that in comparing sublimity and beauty,
Burke concludes that “they are ideas of a very different nature, one being founded on pain, the other on pleasure.” Bashkoff says, “Those things in nature that cause terror by their association with potential danger are sources of the sublime. But this danger may be at a distance or even staged, and therefore causes delight rather than pain. These things ‘are capable of producing delight; not pleasure, but a sort of delightful horror.’”
Delightful horror: floating on the ocean's surface, staring into the darkness and strange life below; the strangeness of the Mariner's gills, and the mystery of his deep dives and life on the vast ocean; the fascination, revulsion, charm, and uncanniness of LaRose's images. The otherworldly is the sublime.
LaRose’s large painting 100207 contains an ominously roiling, multi-chambered amoeba floating in the sky, tentacles hanging down, billowing clouds around it; I think of the mothership in Close Encounters of the Third Kind, hovering over the staged landing area, blasting its five ominous notes. In 061307B a spotted, cushiony anemone-like shape is buoyantly suspended, reminding me of the foreboding danger in Albert Bierstadt’s Storm in the Mountains[10], ca. 1870, a view of a lush green valley towards mountains over which churns a mass of rain clouds, forming an arched space under which we look into the distance. The weather hangs heavily, in constant motion and perhaps about to clear, but we can’t be certain, so there is caution. This is the sublime: something awesome yet threatening that we should avoid, but which fascinates us despite our strong sense of self-preservation.
Treasure
LaRose’s sense of the otherworldly, his exploitation of the inherent physical qualities of colored liquid, and the notion of the sublime in his art make for an integrated body of work. Despite the variety of images, he is operating under a singularly strong and coherent vision. He conjures a strange world out of paint, the movement of his body, and the swift sureness of his eye. While painted images are unavoidably flat, square, and composed, LaRose’s images are also deep, vast, and difficult to identify, shocking and surprising. He is the Mariner, diving down as far as he can, almost recklessly, to pull out treasures of strange shape and utility that have been submerged in a darkness too difficult to access through the form or language which we habitually use. His is a rich and serious undertaking.
Chris Ashley
Oakland, CA
October 2007
[1] http://www.wordwebonline.com/en/OTHERWORLDLY
[2] http://stevenlarose.blogspot.com/
[3] http://www.flickr.com/photos/larose/
[4] http://www.metmuseum.org/special/chardin/soap.R.htm
[5] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Surrealist_technique
[6] http://tinyurl.com/3yo498
[7] Ibid.
[8] On the sublime: Mark Rothko, Yves Klein, James Turrell. Bashkoff, Tracey. Deutsche Guggenheim, Berlin. 2001.
[9] Close Encounters of the Third Kind. Steven Spielberg. 1977
[10] http://tinyurl.com/3dwkjq
Images:
Top: Steven LaRose: 05-26-07-b, 2007, ink on panel, dimensions unknown
Middle: Steven LaRose: 052207c, 2007, ink on panel, dimensions unknown
Bottom: Steven LaRose: Beautiful Miasma, 2007, ink on panel, dimensions unknown
Posted by chrisashley at
11:26 AM
November 06, 2007
SFMoMA: Cornell, Wall, Eliasson
This was originally published at the new group blog just launched a few days ago to cover Bay Area art: Bay Area ArtQuake.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
I walked through SFMoMA last Friday, intent on scoping out the three big shows currently there: Joseph Cornell, Jeff Wall, and Olafur Eliasson. Here are some thoughts:
- The Cornell show is on the third floor, which is normally the photography galleries, and has been that way since the museum opened. I normally walk through the museum like a trained rat, knowing what era or medium will be in which gallery. It was a little disorienting.
- All three shows are in dimly lit or dark galleries. Man, that's hard on my eyes. Here we are having a wonderful streak of beautiful November weather, and I feel like I'm wasting the day at a matinée. But I understand why the lights are low:
- Cornell's materials are vulenerable to exposure;
- Wall's light box photos need the lights dimmed;
- Eliasson fun house installation depends controlled lighting.
- Each of the shows involves a very different kind of looking, a different sense of scale to the body, and a different kind of space:
- Cornell's space is close and intimate-- the head or face is in relation to the object;
- Wall's is the public space of outdoor advertising-- the body in relation to the object;
- Eliasson's is environmental-- the body in the object, and a kind of rubbing together of nature and architecture, which I guess would be something along the lines of landscape architecture or environmental planning.
- They finally changed the paintings hanging in the Clyfford Still gallery! Nothing to do with Cornell, Wall, or Eliasson, but I thought it was worth mentioning.
More thoughts on Joseph Cornell
I thought I knew Cornell's work pretty well, the collages and boxes and films and drawers full of photographs and ephemera, but I was wrong. Of course there is the myth about him as the obsessive naif, and I suppose I bought into that. But this exhibition shows him as an artist with extreme focus and clarity of vision, and the nerve and chops to realize his vision.
While Cornell's focus and vision might initially seem narrow, they were not simple; this work is complex in ways I don't think I can understand. It's mysterious, and layered, and cinematic. I think there is something in much of his images that is about capturing the feeling of singular moments in film- a moment or person of beauty, a certain juxtaposition, a movement, some kind of grandeur, something that happens in one moment in a film and then is gone; sitting in a dark theater watching moving images of projected light is thrilling, but certain moments in this medium can feel magical. I think Cornell was after that magic.
That, and backyard astronomy, which is another kind of camera and cinematic experience. And celebrity worship, another kind of star gazing, And also the theater of the Peeping Tom or voyeur. And something that might look to us like nostalgia, but which was in Cornell's time the objects and images from his childhood, and from the generation just prior to him. These probably aren't original ideas on my part; they're probably in the literature, but Cornell's art definitely works in these many areas, as you can see for yourself.
Think of the Scrovegni Chapel, which is really one big box, and looking up at the ceiling, which is a deep cobalt blue above littered with gold stars, and substitute Lauren Bacall for Mary, and you're drifting towards Cornell.
It is a huge, impressive show, a bit of a landmark. The biggest surprise for me was seeing the skill with with Cornell made things. Components of some of the boxes are quite finely crafted, and there are collages that show genuine sophistication in terms of how color from different pieces are combined, how texture is laid next to another, how line and edge are used. This formal kind of stuff is something I did not expect to be bowled over by. He knew what he was doing.
The low light in the galleries combined with the amount of work can tire the observer, so plan your visit: at first, you might quickly walk through the show; next walk back through and carefully see the first half the show; after that, take a break at a cafe; finally, go see the rest of the show. Take your time-- it's worth it.
More thoughts on Jeff Wall
Lots of big photos, lots of light boxes. Most look staged, though there are a few where you can't quite tell for sure. I'm guess that they're all staged. OK, so it's tableau. It's artificial. No Henry Wessel or Diane Arbus here. We're talking Baroque.
It's great to see the beautiful Northwest, and interesting to see the lower middle classes making it big in 20th century art. Many of the people look a little downtrodden, and often wherever they are posed looks rundown, beat up, neglected. What are the images in these light boxes supposed to be selling? It doesn't look like a healthy product. Maybe they're public service announcements. I can't tell.
Those light box images are kind of grainy looking-- bet they looked fantastic when they started showing up in the 80's. It's a funny thing about, say, Vermeer or Bouguereau or Seurat or whoever you want to name- a painting made two hundred years ago still has the same visual resolution as a painting made today. You know, no one at Sony's research labs is working on making paintings with a better resolution; every painting has 100% resolution, and always will... well, except for The Last Supper. But I think it's a little depressing, you know, the state of photography-- all those light boxes, and they already look like relics stored in a billboard company warehouse.
Wait, am I looking at stills from some mid-80's TV show that I didn't know existed?
Wall wants to make paintings that have the impact of large paintings- impact in terms of size, and impact in terms of subject. He wants to be a history painter, like Jacques-Louis David or Charles Le Brun, but his history is that of the suburbs, the shabbily built and poorly planned, the oppression of being a capitalist worker pawn, the ordinary struggling person, our neighbor, how a fire engine pulls up to a house down the street we walk out on the porch and shyly watch from a distance.
They're spooky, and the size and the medium provide distance. We can look really closely without getting personally involved with anyone. We are witnesses with impunity. Whatever happens has so many witnesses that my testimony isn't needed. Something not so nice is going on, but there will never be any justice. That's the way things there.
We all know by now that photography lies. Knowing that Wall's work is a deliberate fabrication allows us to put that idea aside and to focus on a truth. The truth is that much of life is not glamorous. Most people, even famous people, still put their pants on one leg at a time. We are cruel and judgmental, although our conscience pushes us to overcome that base instinct. Wall's photos give us the opportunity to experience the distance between higher states-- consciousness and conscientiousness-- and more basic ones-- impulse, reaction, habit, and to observe how we move from one to the other. It's more cerebral than emotional, cool than hot. The notion is good; filling, but not that tasty.
More thoughts on Olafur Eliasson
Can anyone tell me why this show is better than anything at the Exploratorium? Sure, this is some family-friendly show. Makes you feel all good because you experience something kind of basic and pure and simple. But basically, it's purely simple backyard science-- fill a wading pool with water and drop rocks into it to watch rings collide and cross, and observe the shimmer of glimmering light on the pool's bottom.
What is the big deal here? Didn't Lucas Samaras already do the mirrored room? Why isn't Larry Bell a God, rather than this latest Golden Boy. How is Eliasson's moss wall a better work than any Richard Long stone or mud installation? Why is this better art than sitting on the edge of the Grand Canyon watching a sunset? Why is this better than any waterfall? Why are major art institutions so enamored with this stuff? First Matthew Barney, and now this.
I don't care how many people laid on their backs in the Turbine Hall at the Tate gazing at the fake glowing sun of The Weather Project. This is some lazy stuff. And don't get me started on the BMW with the refrigerated exoskeleton-- you can keep your hi-tech message art.
What is with all of the clamor about this show? Why are people oohing and ah-ing? Geez people, go out on the balcony and walk through Barnet Newman's Zim Zum. Leave the museum, walk across Third Street, and enjoy the fountains at Yerba Buena Gardens.
Or, go back and walk through the Cornell show.
I like the groups of photos well enough, so some points there, but otherwise I can't even say, "Hey, Olafur, nice try." No Clapping Man-- he's napping.
===========================
All images borrowed from sfmoma.org
Joseph Cornell: Navigating the Imagination: Saturday, October 06, 2007 - Sunday, January 06, 2008
Jeff Wall: Saturday, October 27, 2007 - Sunday, January 27, 2008
Take your time: Olafur Eliasson: Saturday, September 08, 2007 - Sunday, February 24, 2008
Posted by chrisashley at
02:07 PM
October 09, 2007
Interview with Daniel Goettin
The interview I did with Daniel Goettin for Minus Space in 2006 is published in support of his current exhibition at Gallery Florian Trampler, Diessen am Ammersee, 23. September 2007 - 11.November 2007.
Posted by chrisashley at
12:01 AM
October 08, 2007
Interview with Tilman
The interview I did with Tilman Hoepfl for Minus Space in 2006 has been used in support of his recent installation there, and also published on Tilman's website.
Posted by chrisashley at
12:01 AM
September 13, 2007
Green is Good
The following was written for the catalog for Alan Ebnother's exhibition at Wade Wilson Art, Houston, March 2007, but in the end was not used. I'm using it here. I also interviewed Alan for Minus Space in 2005.
"Green is Good"
The subject of a recent email from Alan Ebnother is "Green." The rest of the email simply reads, "Is Good." That was it. Good for what? For Alan; for me; for painting? I don’t’ know, it’s just good. I can’t argue with that. Green is.
But when I say, "green,' which green do you see? Cabbage, broccoli, chard, or lime? Mint, pistachio, rosemary, or pear? Moss, iguana, malachite, or pine? Traffic light, crocodile, seaweed, or seafoam? We each can think of our own "greens."
I have a catalogue that lists over fifty different green pigments ranging from pale green-yellow earth to grassy brilliance, from the lushest emerald to dry, dark, mold-like powder. These pigments are clean dirt, crushed rock, and ground mineral from around the world with various physical qualities. A pigment is not just color; each results in a paint which is dense or smooth, fine or coarse, opaque or transparent.
Once Alan mentioned, "people who first come to the desert and say that there is no vegetation or wildlife.
On closer observation the desert opens itself to their vision and a complete world of plant and animal life becomes apparent."
An artist looks for territory and sets to work exploring it, figuring out what is there and responding and adjusting to what he is finding. Each painting has its own qualities, and every painting is new. The artist finds what he is making only by doing it. The painter wants to bring components of the painting into place, and the materials work for and against that force.
Dylan Thomas’ poem that begins, "The force that through the green fuse drives the flower | Drives my green rage; that blasts the roots of trees | Is my destroyer," reminds us of the power and energy in things that are green, and that even growth is cyclical and eventually destructive.
Green has many possible meanings. Green symbolically represents the "Anahata," the fourth, or the heart/emotions, chakra related to love, equilibrium, and well-being. In our times, being green means engaging in renewable and sustainable consumption. Green is used in night vision goggles because the human eye discerns the greatest variety of shades of that color. Often, green means "go," yet is also the color of envy, poison, and radioactivity. Color enters memory, perhaps imperfectly, and despite being incredibly elusive can still resonate specifically, prompting associations tied to emotion, time, and place.
The meaning of an art work, the kind that is explained verbally, is overrated. We clamor to understand, but a painting is not a package to be unwrapped with words and consumed only intellectually. Tidy explanations are for the impatient and incurious, and typically miss the point. A painting is like a corner of the desert, a complete world for the viewer to experience. The painting is the fuse, our interaction with it is the force, and our understanding is the flower.
Once, Alan made a green painting, and then another and another, and he simply followed his own progression of experiences using different green pigments, different brushes, different supports and sizes. He staked his claim and committed to exploring it. Twenty six years later, he hasn’t run out of green or territory.
Chris Ashley
Oakland, CA
January 2007
Above: Alan Ebnother, "December 20, 2006", Oil and pigment on linen, h: 36 x w: 36 in / h: 91.4 x w: 91.4 cm, Wade Wilson Art
Posted by chrisashley at
12:01 AM
July 10, 2007
Sandi Miot's Recent Paintings
This essay was commissioned for the recent catalog, "Sandi Miot: Wax Games" (http://sandimiot.com/).
Sandi Miot’s Recent Paintings “There's nobody living who couldn't stand all afternoon in front of a waterfall. It's a simple experience, you become lighter and lighter in weight, you wouldn't want anything else. Anyone who can sit on a stone in a field awhile can see my painting.”
Agnes Martin
Place
An artist typically can’t help but absorb and reflect her environment in some way. Where she spends her times seeps in and affects the art, often in very direct ways, such as in terms of light or color or space, and also in seemingly less direct ways, such as an artist’s subject, intention, or spirit.
The pace of life in the artist’s environment, or the local political climate, may also somehow be in the art. Geography and weather of course help shape outlook and sense of place, and also whether one is near water, among hills and trees, in or near the city, or beneath one kind of sky or another. If making art is part of how one lives, then where one lives and works is also part of the art.
Sandi Miot made her way to Northern California after living many years in Florida. She says that on arrival she felt immediately at home and knew she’d found the place where she would live and make her art. Her studio is in a large 1930’s building on a former US Air Force base north of San Francisco, where she is a powerful force in the local art scene. The restored buildings there are solid and spacious, California-style Mediterranean constructions well suited to the landscape, built of sturdy wood and thick stucco, fitted with large windows, and topped with roofs of red Spanish tiles.
Nestled amid rolling hills on the west and the San Francisco Bay on the east, this location is wonderful in every way: open, quiet, light-filled, airy, and inviting. There is life here: deer are often seen grazing under the oak trees on the hill, one sees and hears birds, and there is the invigorating presence of numerous other artists whose studios are also located in this complex. Here, Miot works on a daily basis in a large white room with a high ceiling. There are several work tables, a desk and comfortable chairs, many books within easy reach, and of course her art— paintings finished and in progress hang on the walls, and works on paper lay about in various states of completion. This room is a place in which to work, to sit and look, and to contemplate.
Encaustic
It is important to know that Sandi Miot’s primary medium is encaustic, a way of painting with pigment in heated wax that goes back at least as far as the Fayum mummy portraits from Egypt around 100-300 CE. Entering the studio the senses are immediately filled with the smell of wax and the sight of the paintings bearing thick, lustrous color.
The next thing you might notice is the hot plates and the blocks of colored wax lined up in trays. Unlike painting in oil or acrylic, where you can basically squeeze paint from a tube and begin applying it immediately, encaustic requires tools, time, and preparation— the hot plates need to be turned on, the wax needs to melt, and each color needs it’s own pan and brushes. There is labor involved here, and you can easily see it in the paintings. Paint is built up in layers and often melted back down with torches, resulting in a surface that is thick and textured yet soft and smooth, in places almost liquid, puddled, earthy, and organic, such as in Miot’s Sapphire Silk, Garnet Ambience, and Citrine Veneration, (all 2001). In others, flame-carved crevices cut through a painting's topography to reveal layers of color, like sediment, a kind of geological history, as seen in Beginning and Sanskrit (2007). (Left: Beginning, 2007, Encaustic on Wood, 12" x 12" x 2")
Wax seals and insulates— the painted image is both on and in the surface. Encaustic's translucent quality results in a colored light that glows through layers, luminous like a burning candle, stained glass, or amber. Since wax cools quickly, it drips or runs very little, indicating a sense of brief or frozen time, which furthers the sense of a captured moment that Miot uses to good effect in paintings like Awakening and Prophecy (2000).
Encaustic requires a sturdy support. All of Miot’s paintings are on wood panels, which have a very particular presence— thick, heavy, strong, and crafted. Some of the work walks a fine line between painting and sculpture, often venturing towards relief, some projecting several inches off of the wall. Many works consist of multiple panels, each a smaller unit of a larger whole. A wood panel covered in wax presents several dualities: hard and soft, solid and liquid, opaque and transparent.
Connections
In Miot’s work the paint, the supports, and the imagery have an iconic, object-like quality. They have a historical connection in several ways to, say, Sienese panel painting: the wood panel feels like a shape, not simply a canvas; the painted image is luminous; details are carved into the surface; and they feel built to last.
I am reminded of Duccio di Buoninsegna’s panel painting Madonna and Child (ca. 1300) at New York’s Metropolitan Museum. The gold ground is flat and inscribed with the Madonna's halo, and the space of the painting is shallow. There is an association I make, coincidental but fortuitous, between this painting and Miot's use of wax and heat— at the lower edge of the gilded frame on Duccio's painting two rounded notches have been burned into place by candles set beneath the painting. Not only is devotion depicted in the painting, there is also evidence of devotion, the result of burning candles. A painting like Miot's Sanskrit (2007) comes to mind, which has a centered, brilliantly colored image and a carved, relief-like surface made with a torch. While Duccio’s image is painted in small, repeated strokes, Miot creates her image with a finely controlled flame.
Paintings such Dance I and Dance II, (both 2007), each square and in low relief, make me think of Lorenzo Ghiberti’s twenty-eight gilded bronze reliefs (1404-24) on the north door of the Baptistery next to the Basilica di Santa Maria del Fiore in Florence. And Miot’s use of multiple panels shares the narrative quality Ghiberti’s reliefs. These poignant, almost incidental visual rhymes made across seven hundred years, from Duccio and Ghiberti to Miot, are a reminder of art's history and its continuing value.
Images
Miot's art images are the result of constantly managed chaos and order. Paint applied gesturally suggests improvisation and intuition, while panels that are arranged in grids create order. Strokes applied deliberately contrast with less easily-managed areas where paint is carved with a torch. Geometric shapes hover over fields of scattered color. This contrast of chaos and order is an emotional push-pull for the viewer, who falls in and out of balance, moving from one state of consciousness to another.
Color is of course an important component of Miot's painting, as well as her use of multiple panels to make a single work. She often uses a saturated palette of pure and unmixed color, as in the vibrant, celebratory Night Music (2007). Recent paintings that consist of multiple panels hung in a grid or or rows are painted in an ordered spectrum of color that gradually shifts from one panel to the next, a gradation that suggests movement or a transition from one state to another.
Sunrise (2007) is a good example— the five deep vertical panels transition from a bright orange on the left, through red and purple, to a deep blue on the right. The color across the forty two panels of Lifelines I (2006), six columns and seven rows, transition both vertically (light to dark) and horizontally (blue to orange). Additionally, the panels in Lifelines I reduce in size as they descend in each column, so that it contains two kinds of transitions: color (pictorial) and size (physical).
Miot's art is both consistent and diverse, an interesting balance to maintain. Part of the consistency comes from her use of encaustic and certain formats. But it also comes from a concern for making images and creating meaning using a limited vocabulary of shapes and marks: squares, strokes, drips and thrown paint, layers, lumps, and crevices. And although diversity might best be illustrated by describing a few paintings, it isn't easy describing paintings that have so much built up color, so many different kinds of textures, and so many ways of treating paint.
Awakening (2002) contains a horizon line, with black above and orange below. In the black field three molten hot orange squares are each rotated in a different position, appearing to have burst spinning upward and falling back downward, like cubes of lava. It's possible that these three squares are actually the same square depicted three times in a kind of animation. This image evokes Kasimir Malevich's Suprematist paintings in which stacked squares, rectangles, and lines appear to move apart and evoke space and flight, a moment in time. (Right: Awakening, 2002, 48" x 48" x 2" Encaustic & oil on panel)
Dreams (2007), Eye Candy (2006), and Night Music (2006) are all diptychs, the images of which are made with drips and lines applied without a brush touching the surface. Dreams consists of two fields of deep turquoise blue carved into delicate vertical channels across which Pollock-like skeins of more turquoise are dripped and drizzled. The two red panels of Eye Candy have scattered magenta drops and a few quick lines of thrown yellow that span the two panels' dividing line. The color of Night Music is hard to name— both panels have a blue-gray ground across which a dense field of blue, lavender, yellow, and gray drops and lines are built up from the bottom edge, scattering out further as they ascend the painting. While these descriptions sound similar-- two panels side by side, a colored ground, dripped and flung paint— they really are very different images resulting in very different effects and moods.
Whirligig (2007) is a new direction for Miot's work. The twenty two panels are so deep that they are actually cubes. The smallest cube is at the center on the wall, and the successive cubes form a spiral several feet in diameter that eventually leaves the wall and trails off onto the floor. Every visible surface of each cube is painted, and the color shifts from one cube to the next in an expanded spectrum; the smallest cube is green, and the color of each cube moves through yellow, orange, red, purple, blue and full circle back to green on the largest cube. Each cube has drips of complementary colors, so that a reverse spectrum runs back through the spiral. Like Frank Stella, Miot brings the painting out into the viewer's territory, creating more than in any other work a shift from pictorial two-dimensional space into architectural space.
Understanding
I could simply write that Sandi Miot's paintings are beautiful, a word I haven’t even used yet, and although they are, that wouldn’t be very helpful in understanding her art. That her work is beautiful is so obvious that it almost goes without saying, but in fact she deserves credit for her mastery of materials and color. To further understand her paintings it is important to point out that her images teeter between representation and non-representation, and to recognize how she takes work from the expected flatness of painting to the realm of relief and three dimensions. Miot’s paintings provide us with the opportunity to experience and reflect on emotion and thought. The dichotomy of chaos and order is both something we feel and know as an idea. As Agnes Martin suggests, time spent in front of these paintings results in things to see and feel that might not be apparent at first glance. Miot’s paintings are models for ways of being and thinking. This is ambitious and inspiring, and a tremendous gift from the artist.
Chris Ashley
Oakland, CA
May 2007
Posted by chrisashley at
12:55 AM
January 31, 2007
Gee's Bend Quilts
This was published originally published at Two Artists Talking on December 31, 2006. I thought I'd close out January by re-publishing it here with a couple of minor changes.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
I hope that every artist who complains about their day job and how little time they have to make art saw the Gee's Bend quilts that have been travelling around the US the last three years. And then I hope that all those complaining artists just shut up. Like me. I've had my comeuppance.
Probably enough has been said about the quilts already, and anyone with half a finger on the pulse of the art world knows about it. The press release says, "Organized by the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston, with the Tinwood Alliance, Atlanta, the exhibition has been on a three-year, coast-to-coast, twelve-venue tour since its premiere in Houston in the fall of 2003." I saw the show at the de Young a few weeks ago. It closed December 31. I believe this the final venue. I have to thank
Mel Prest for mentioning it to me several times.
Now, here are some people who I would think have good reason to complain about their day jobs. Farmers and fieldworkers, raising families in poverty, geographically cut off from opportunity and resources- who has time to be creative? And yet their faith in family, God, hard work, and consistent and continual making resulted in beautiful and very moving objects that have shifted from functional bedcovers to concrete, visual, transcendent objects that are innovative testaments to the handmade and communal.

I found this show tremendously moving, not only because of the circumstances in which they were made. For a museum exhibition, it's not enough to be moved by these circumstances. Certainly, art objects made in a difficult situation can tell us valuable things about the people and their times, but for the object to be aesthetically powerful requires something more. And it seems the women of Gee's Bend found that.
Of course, I was moved by the story of how these quilts were made, and I was especially moved that the quilts are made in spite of a day's work, often in the company of others. I found it especially interesting that a functional product- something so functional in the circumstances in which it was used that it could even barely be called craft- which implies hobby and decoration- could be elevated to art object. This is part of what I found both humbling and inspiring.
But there's more. These quilts are truly handmade- hand cut, handstitched- and while many utilize various traditional patterns, these often have little twists and interruptions in them, while many others eschew pattern and have a feel of improvised compostion, more modern collage than historical symmetric structure. Up close you can see the stitches, the fabric frayed by washing and use. But stand back, and they feel composed by a commanding and experienced eye capable of setting up rhythm and contrast, tension and surprise.
I often read press releases for exhibitions in which So-and-so's art plays with some crap notion of this assumption or that received idea or another that questions and challenges our assumptions about this or that miniscule thing that results in a paradigm shift to some other imagined nothing. Geez, they're pretentious and cliched at the same time.
But in the Gee's Bend show here are some genuine questions about where art comes from, how it's made and for whom, who makes it, art's origins and place in daily life. That's powerful stuff, and there is a real challenge to our assumptions. This show does it in broad daylight with no theoretical sleight of hand, and with a mimimum of contextual and historical knowledge required. It's just so plainly and visibly beautiful and bold. It makes me want to say lame predictable things like "celebration of the spirit," and "triumph over adversity."
It's too obvious a connection to talk about the quilts in relation to geometric abstraction- they're just different animals with a different purpose. In fact, I think it's a waste of time to make a competition between the quilts and painting. They are about different things, and anyone with a pair of eyes knows that immediately. I see these as closest to Korean wrapping cloths called bojagi, which are also made using fabric scraps.
The closest art connection I keep making is to Rauschenberg, and his reuse of materials, especially fabric. Compostionally, feeling-wise, there seems to be something shared in how things are arranged, a sensitivity to color and pattern, to the use of found materials. I'm thinking not only of Rauschbenerg's combines, but also his cardboard pieces.
But even still, this is a fruitless comparison. I really brought up Rauschenberg to make another point. There is his famous quote, "Painting relates to both art and life. Neither can be made. (I try to act in that gap between the two.)" I think that for the Gee's Bend quilters that gap doesn't exist at all. There is no split. The quilts and their making are part of a greater whole- the lives of their makers. This seems unusual to me these days. It is especially unusual for art, which often seems disconnected from life's dailyness. Partly, it is unique, I think, because of the medium itself- fabric and thread, which are ordinary and domestic materials that anyone is familiar with- and because these quilts are originally functional objects; most contemorary art does not have these origins. The quilts were intended to be part of everyday life. The quilters and their families are the primary, original audience, and the primary users. There seems to be no gap between the maker, the intended object and its use, and people who use it. This wholeness is also unique because these quilters defied tradition by not settling into historical patterns, but instead used their eyes to compose and make, working by hand and responding immediately to their materials, learning from and working in the company of each other, day after day over the years. It's remarkable to see how these objects, made for a specific use in a particular place, can now function as powerful art objects for a much larger, more diverse audience.
Chris Ashley
Oakland, CA
January 2007
Posted by chrisashley at
07:04 PM
January 30, 2007
Fernando Botero's Abu Ghraib Paintings at UC Berkeley
This is about as close as I got last night to getting into the opening of Fernando Botero's exhibit of his Abu Ghraib paintings at UC Berkeley's Doe Library. There was some kind of color-coded ticketing system, and when I finally found this out after waiting in one line, and looked at the line of three or four hundred people waiting to get in outside in the main line, I took some pictures through the windows and left.
The paintings are not being shown at the Berkeley Art Museum. They are being shown in a large room in the library which houses computers mostly used by students for email and quick searches, through which most people walk to gain entrance to the main library. New partitions were installed, the walls were painted- it is a very serviceable exhibition space.
As is probably well known by now, the paintings have shown in Rome and New York, but nowhere else, and Botero has offered the complete collection of works to an American museum willing to take and show them. No takers.
As far as I can tell, the Berkeley Art Museum, the UC Berkeley Department of Art Practice, nor the the UC Berkeley History of Art department had anything to do with the exhibition taking place at UC Berkeley. My guess, and this is based soley on nothing except my own knowledge of the current faculty and the kind of students the department produces, is that the overt content, and the fact that these are merely paintings, does not engage serious enough theoretical and material concerns. Or, maybe they're just out of the loop, unaware, too busy, don't have the resources or budget, or simply can't respond quickly enough. Whatever the reason, it's a shame they're not involved.
Instead, the Center for Latin American Studies is primarily responsible for organizing the exhibition, which- including a room converted for the purpose, the transporting of paintings, and the development of a complete accompanying academic program- astonishingly took place in just about exactly two months.
I saw the exhibition today. It consists of forty seven paintings and drawings. There are several large paintings, and several that seem to consist of two or three panels; I don't know if those count as single or multiple "paintings"- I didn't count. There is plenty to look at, and one can get quite close and look at the paint. Due to some built-in features of the room several of the large paintings are hung with the bottom edge nearly at eye level, making one look up in a way which physically creates a sense of reverence and witness.
The imagery is horrifying, but not in quite the way a photograph would be horrifying. Botero's style of figuration places the figure a little at a remove so that one needn't turn away. This is not to say he makes the subject softer and removes the horror. Instead, the style of figuration removes us from the pain we may feel when looking at a real person, thereby creating the opportunity for contemplation and reflection while encouraging empathy, outrage, and sorrow. We are able to look longer at what we are seeing and at what is being alluded to. By staying with the paintings, and seeing how these images generalize the horror, we all feel our own range of emotions, and recognize the indictment of our times and the challenge to not let this happen again.
These paintings would not be effective if Botero were not a competent and knowledgeable painter. He creates pictorially effective arrangements and juxtapostions that makes the work formally interesting; subject matter alone does not make the paintings successful. On close look one sees Botero's fine sense of line, solid grounding of figures, subtle modeling of anatomy and drapery, sure sense of color, and confident economy with paint and brush. Formally, there are wonderful things he does in a painting's composition: the rhyming of an arc of urine streaming in from the left side with a raised leg ready to kick; the bright multi-colored head bands worn by each man in a large pile on the floor; the bright blue glove on the hand of a torturer whose body is outside the picture plane; the various skin tones of different figures; the contrast of the bright green hood on one man's head next to which his raised arm ends at a bright bloody red hand. In one three panel painting the victim changes postion from one panel to the next; in the experience of viewing this time is a component, and it is this prisioner's turning and suffering over time that drives us more deeply into knowing his agony, and knowing him as a living being, an individual.
One of course thinks of Goya and Picasso, or Grosz or Beckmann. It's not hard to see in some paintings allusions to Christ, at least through the way Christ's life has been depicted, particularly in, say, 15th century Italian painting- the wound, the suffering, the sacrifice. I kept thinking of someone like Mantegna, particularly his paintings like Calvary and St. Sebastian. Botero's classic allusions, rather than seeming a pat anachronistic device, reinforce his presentation.
This is a very important exhibition in several ways. It is important because the subject matter is crucial to America's current image and reputation, and Botero has made a permanent record of this unlike that made in any other medium. It is important for the way in which it was organized- outside of the museum and gallery channels- and for where it is shown- in the library of the university known for being the birthplace of the Free Speech Movement. It is important because it shows that painting is still relevant; no photograph can function in the way a painting functions; no other medium depicts things with the same sensuous, tactile, handmade means; no other visual medium has a thousand years of history to reinforce and extend the viewer's experience. It is important because these paintings have been brought to stand before people's eyes to see up close and in person one individuals's committed outrage carried out with intelligent skill. And it is important because Botero's paintings are made with skill and craft, knowledge and wit, compassion and generosity.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Video and/or audio of an interview with Botero by poet Robert Hass on January 29, 2007 can be streamed or downloaded.
Several programs and panels are being organized by the Center for Latin American Studies.
San Francisco Chronicle art critic Kenneth Baker has written a feature article and a review.
San Francisco Chronicle editorial writer Louis Freedberg provides some very interesting background.
In the Brooklyn Rail, Robert C. Morgan's A Note on Botero’s Abu Ghraib.
Posted by chrisashley at
06:00 PM
December 26, 2006
Morandi's "Bottiglie e fruttiera"
Originally published at Rudolf's Diner, December 2006

Giorgio Morandi (1890-1964, Italy), "Bottles and Fruit-Bowl" (Bottiglie e fruttiera), 1916, Oil on canvas, 60 x 54 cm, Gianni Mattioli Collection, Mattioli Collection
It is amazing to think that Giorgio Morandi painted the still life Bottles and Fruit-Bowl in 1916 at age 26, and for forty more years continued painting, besides landscapes, arrangements of bottles and bowls and containers on tabletops with a fairly muted palette of whites, browns, and various grays hinting at red, yellow, and blue. He established his vocabulary early and stuck with it. Who else has used and repeatedly looked so closely at the same table?
Surveying Morandi's oeuvre, one sees the same shapes used over and over in different configurations. In addition, there are typically two horizontal lines in each compostion- the front and rear edges of the table; the sides are never shown. The objects are typically arranged in tight clusters. The light is soft, so shadows are minimal and form is barely modeled. These paintings feel silent, almost airtight, as if the depicted objects have been sitting like this for ages, slowly accumulating a film of dust in a closed room that is off-limits to all but the painter.
In Bottles and Fruit-Bowl the two shapes on the left and right twist and spin. They are unlike any glass or ceramic objects I've ever seen: distorted, pulled, warped, bent. They appear to have been changed by age and use, as if showing signs of a lifetime of being of service. But going a little further, it isn't difficult to see the bottle on the right as male, and the bowl on the right as female. Is it necessary to spell it out? The bottle, round and full at the bottom, long and vertical at the top, seems full and ready to spew. The bowl, arrayed like an open fan, reaches towards the bottle, ready to receive. One you notice this, it's hard not to look at this painting and see sex.
Between the bottle and bowl rises a white bottle or vase that narrows at the top. It is evenly painted and virtually flat, subtly yet formally and solidly standing at the center of the painting between the two other objects. The reason for its presence may be supervision or observation; is it a chaperone, a priest, the law, society? It's not clear if the white vase is there to validate or interrupt the potential act between the the bottle and vase. Whatever may be about to happen is on the verge, suspended, incomplete, potential and future tense.
Seventeenth century Dutch still lives employed elaborate systems whereby specific fruit, flowers, and other shapes symbolically referenced and reinforced certain morals and ideals. In particular, Vanitas paintings used symbolic reminders of life's impermanence: skulls, burning candles, books with turning pages. As an admirer of Cezanne, Morandi would have been familiar with the French painter's still lives in which peaked fabrics and fruit stacked on a tabletop hint at the mountains and skulls Cezanne repeatedly painted. During the same period Morandi painted Bottiglie e fruttiera the Italian art movement Pittura Metafisica ("Metaphysical Painting") was being formed by Carlo Carrà and Giorgio de Chirico; these artists, precursors to Surrealism, painted familiar objects in unexpected ways to engage the unconscious in an alternative reality. Freud's ideas were already well known in the early 1900's, and were soon represented in art and literature. Morandi was associated with Pittura Metafisica during its brief existence, so it's not a stretch to imagine what kind of pictorial energy a twenty six year old bachelor might be fantasizing about and tinkering with during those times.
This tabletop seems vast, deep and endless on the sides. It's also possible to see it as a desert floor or an open flat field, rather than a table. Try seeing this scene as a landscape, and the blue background in the top third becomes more sky-like and intense. The three shapes become grand architecture: the bottle a Baroque church; the vase a factory smokestack; the bowl a fountain or statue. By shifting what we see from table to cityscape, scale changes entirely, from a slice of interior setting to an enormous openness. We are presented with the opportunity to see this painting in several ways- from handheld vessels on a table, to the secretly intimate and erotic, to vast public and civic space, and back again to the humble shapes Morandi used repeatedly during his life. A still life is not merely a still life. A painting's meaning is more than what meets the eye, but it's in what meets the eye that the meaning begins to be found, and in looking, thinking, feeling, and associating, that possible meanings are experienced.
Chris Ashley lives in Oakland, and draws in his weblog "LookSee" everyday.
Posted by chrisashley at
11:18 AM
October 17, 2006
Don Voisine: R-Value at Abaton Garage
| Below are four pieces of writing related to Don Voisine's recent exhibition, "R-Value," at Abaton Garage. In late August Don Voisine emailed an exhibition announcement[1]. I emailed him some observations and questions[2]. I thought his reply[3] was worthy of a broader audience; he also emailed me some images. Finally, Jim Long's essay[4] from the catalog for this show is included. I thought it would be interesting to gather all of these pieces together in one place to better understand what Don is up to. After putting all of these pieces together, something else occurred to me: in addition to an interest in Don's work and how it's discussed, I realized that in gathering all of these pieces the result is a kind of documentation of multiple views of a single thing. There are five views of Don's work via three different media, public and private: [1] the press release (email and web); [2] my observations (email); [3] Don's response and explanation (email); [4] Jim's essay (published in the catalog, which Don sent me; the essay is not included on the Abaton website); and [5] the images, removed from the original and disseminated over a network (email and web). A good part of what follow's is in Don's (the artist's) voice, as he describes his process and concerns, and there are three other individuals and/or institutions with something to say: the gallery promoting the show, the writer supporting the work, and a viewer with observations and questions. Being on the opposite coast of Don's show, I didn't see it, but I can still engage in it. This demonstrates how over distance this simple technology we're using (email) helps support a dialog about art; there's an aspect of the social and community that can help support, articulate, or distribute one's work, even when we know that the absolute best thing is to see the work itself in person. I think that even more important than uses of technology as a new medium for art, the use of technology like this for extending one's network and conversation is an important thing for artists to understand. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ [1] The announcement: R-Value Recent works by Don Voisine September 10th - October 5th, 2006 Abaton Garage 
"Labonte R-7.5", 2006, oil on styrofoam, 10 x 12.5 x 1.5 inches Press Release: R-Value is a term referring to properties of materials and is applicable in describing soils and aggregates, insulation, and computer science. The R stands for resistance; the value is the capacity of a material to impede heat flow. Increasing values indicate a greater capacity. Don Voisine is an artist with a great capacity for abstract geometric painting. He has been practicing this skill for over thirty years, beginning in Maine. Since 1976 he's lived and worked in New York City, where he exhibits his paintings frequently. He's also shown extensively in museums and galleries across the United States. Voisine has been a member of the American Abstract Artists since 1997 and in 2004 became president of the esteemed organization. That same year he received an Edward Albee Fellowship. Voisine was recently granted a painting fellowship by the New York Foundation for the Arts. The works in R-Value, which Voisine created specifically for Abaton Garage, are named not only for the insulating abilities of their styrofoam bases but for various race car drivers whose velocity inspired the artist. While speed is not necessarily a quality valued by abstract artists, most would agree that some degree of quickness is important, especially where the intellect is concerned. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ [2] I wrote to Don: This work is different than the stuff on Minus Space- from the images, they seem more iconic- does that make sense? Forms that are more kind of sign-like, icons, less spatial.
Also, what appears different to me- and this is just based on comparing it to the stuff at MS, since I can't see your work over a broader period- is that the way you're building up the paint around the edge into a thick, irregular lip is quite different- it's a strong contrast with the hard-edged flat forms painted on the surface. It also makes me think of somethinkg kind of funny- these are all named after drivers, and the press release talks about speed. While the front of the paintings are hard and smooth- fast- and the foam might be thought of as light and industrial, those thick irregular lips of the paint around the edge make me think of drag and resistance, of something slowing down. That kind of edge slows down my looking. Just an interesting thing to think about- wondering what your thoughts are about that. What is the foam material- is it some kind of building material? (Right: "Prototype R-7.5" (sideview), 2006, oil on styrofoam, 6.25 x 6 x 1.5 inches) ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ [3] Don replied: Many astute observations gleaned from a few jpegs. I'll try to answer all your questions. Let's not take the racing fan thing too far. My greatest fear is that a real race aficionado will show up at the opening and I'll be reduced to a blubbering ignorant idiot. I watch a race or parts of one once in a while, Indy or NASCAR.. I was really into it as a kid. Especially stock cars 'cause they were more like regular cars. Back then Detroit was packing 450+ horsepower into little Mustangs and GTOs. Back when Richard Petty was young and tearing up the track. (I'm beginning to feel like I'm on a virtual rocking chair reminiscing about the old days.) (Left: "J-M Fangio R-15", 2006, spackle and oil on styrofoam, 12.6 x 8.5 x 3 inches) The talk about speed in the press release was the gallery guy riffing on that after I told him I was naming the paintings after race car drivers. BTW, my sister works for TRD (Toyota Racing Division in Costa Mesa) and my dad was a used car dealer (died when I was three so I didn't grow up in a "garage."). As the show is in a former garage space I decided to use race car driver names as a way of keeping the work related to the garage. The panels are cut out of Styrofoam insulation boards, the type used in home construction, comes in pink or blue depending on the manufacturer. They have a high density and are more stable than the crumbly white material often used for packing. (I've tried some of the white Styrofoam and it warps rather quickly, no resistance to the surface tension caused as the paint films dry. Which is too bad because I really like the painting I did on it. It's now badly bowed.) I've used different thicknesses of insulation boards, hence the reference to R-Value. Styrofoam insulation has an R-value of 5 for every inch of material. Thus "J-M Fangio R-15" is on a three inch thick slab of foam. "Labonte R-7.5" is on an inch and a half board. I work in oils and paint solvents dissolves Styrofoam. To prevent this I coat the boards with Styro Spray 715, a two part plastic epoxy used to coat Styrofoam when used to make a sign or sculpture. I get it from a place in Houston called Industrial Polymers. It's not too toxic, smells kind of yeasty. (Right: "R.Rudd R-5", 2006, Joint compound, spackle and oil paint on styrofoam, 7.5 X 12 X 1 inches) I don't have the equipment to spray this on but you can pour it on and brush or roll it out as well. They say you have 30 minutes of working time once you mix the A & B components together, but I was lucky to get 15 to 20 before it began to set. Working fast to spread out the material is what gives the edges the rounded unevenness and why it runs over the edges. (Jim Long, who writes for the Brooklyn Rail, wrote a short essay and associated the drips over the sides with staples seen on the side of a canvas, anchoring the ground all the way around. I'm paraphrasing.) Aside from the runs, I leave the sides uncoated to show the color of my substrate. I've used both the pink and blue versions. I wanted to use some of the yellow foam used in new construction, but that has a 'greasy' fiber coating on it and would have taken more time to figure out how to paint on it. Abaton Garage is more of a "project" space, so they like you to show something a little different than you might usually have occasion to. Some painters have shown a video or done an installation, but alas I'm just a painter. I knew about Styro Spray 715 from a sculptor that had used it for a piece and I'd always been interested in trying something with it. This was my opportunity. As I was working with new materials, and basically had ten weeks to make new work for a show, I decided to make the images simpler, less nuanced spatially, make the color bolder. As you noted, iconic and sign like. Which feeds into the car connection, and something I thought would fit into the garage locale. (Years back I'd done a painting that reminded me of the GM logo and I titled the painting "Chevy".) (But in working on this show I ditched a painting with a sort of V format, too much Valvoline.) (Left: "Unser R-10", 2006, alkyd on styrofoam, 8 X 8 X 2 inches) These paintings are small, have worked best small so far. The largest I'll have in the show will be about 22 inches square. The main reason I can figure out had to do with detail which conveys scale. When I paint on canvas or wood, I apply a wash over my ground and particles of pigment remain in the weave or grain. (That is the part of my paintings where the space is really activated.) This doesn't happen on these because the ground is so smooth and "toothless." But that lends itself to the hard and fast look of the paintings. Another thing I did was I used joint compound and spackle to make some of the imagery. I'll send a jpeg of one in a separate e-mail.. I liked the observation that you read the painting fast but run into "drag" at the edges, slowing down the eye. I'll send a disc of images for Matthew to put up on Minus Space, but I think Abaton may put up installation shots when we are done. We'll start to hang tomorrow. 
"Fittipaldi R-10", 2006, oil on styrofoam, 14.5 X 14.25 X 2 inches ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ [4] Jim Long's essay for Don Voisine's catalog: Something stationary. A visual anchor. White, vertical, rectangular. I'm on the Maine coast, after midnight, on a bar of sand that connects a small island to the shore I'm heading toward. There's only moonlight and a flashlight. Everything is shades of dark grey, no depth or distance; disorienting. The sand and the water look the same. Somewhere near where I set out is a lifeguard's seat, a tall piece of white. If I can spot it I'll know where I am. When the sky, water, and land are mixed together the only visual anchor is something that shouldn't exist - a red square, a yellow stripe, a white rectangle. Abstract isn't philosophy or aesthetic. It's a necessity. Painting matters. Don Voisine understands the function of sign and color on a blank expanse of wall. Painting is about moving paint around, but it can get dislocating, flat, like fog or grey night. He works with markers, signals: vertical, horizontal, location, position. Everything in his work is anchored, is an anchor, you just have to find where. The paintings are logical things, non-objectively real, paradoxical. On the sandbar low waves combine from both sides, making dark patches. Water or sand? The flashlight doesn't show. I think about one of Don's paintings - two grey bands intersect. There's a shape. Is it real? Is a diagonal horizontal or vertical? The new paintings offer an opportunity to look again at dimensional combinations of edges as points on a plane. Seeing is a thinking activity. Cezanne found geometry in the landscape. He was thinking abstractly. My eye finds the dim vertical I'm looking for; off-course, to the left. I've been thinking non-objectively. Don telephoned to say he was working on a group of paintings on colored Styrofoam insulation panels. My first thought was, "Terrific. It's about time." The traditional canvas support was something modernism forgot to get rid of. The radicality of non-objective art is that it is highly adaptive, including attaching itself to the stretched canvas "art object." Don Voisine's work is primarily planar, ambiguously layered. His forms though often contradictory, are stable without appearing static. Edges are firm, sometimes sharp, and the paint is hard. It's a format that works elegantly with a colored foam support. Rigid foam is usually pink or blue. Patrick Henry Bruce colors. The resin is a colorless hydrocarbon once distilled from trees the ancient Greeks called styrax. They used it in perfumes. The color is industrial and deliberate. Voisine applies a gel-coat to harden the surface, allowing just enough of the material to drip down the sides to convey the sense that the ground is tightly anchored all around, the way staples look on the edge of a stretched canvas. He isolates and frames black/grey images with bright color, adjusting it to the color of the support, as well as to the tonality of the image. It's a tricky move; big league. The color works best when it's up full volume and acid artificial. Hard ball. Every pitch is different. Voisine nails each one. The colored support adds to the totality of the work as a single concept, yet resists becoming "object." The foam sits on the wall trying to look modest, but it's actually sassy and glamorous. I came upon something similar years ago in Italy. A workroom was set up in a churchyard where some 15th century ceiling frescoes were being restored. The public was invited to see the painting fragments up close. They had been temporarily mounted on new construction-type wood particle board. The contrast was wonderful. The contradiction looked sensational. The success of Voisine's new work is its integration of contrasting layers, each presenting "same stuff' in a different state: image/ground/support - solid/liquid/gas. The paintings exhibit a wide range of feeling. When the work focuses on the unique visual properties of common construction material, like joint compound's mother-of-pearl sparkle or the delicate skin of vinyl spackle, it achieves a meditative poetry. Snow on stone. Wind-etched ice. Voisine is after a clear, compact statement that embraces maximum effect: combining intense color, black and grey imagery, line and plane, directness and ambiguity. One feels something completely personal in the way he contemplates formal issues. Artists who work with apparently impersonal ideas shoulder an extra burden of interpretation. The step into using unexpected new material references the early days of abstract experimentation, but more insistently locates the work in contemporary painting dialogue. Jim Long NYC/North Danville, VT 2006
|
Posted by chrisashley at
12:29 AM
June 28, 2006
Mel Prest: Alignments
View of Mel Prest: Alignments, Gregory Lind Gallery, San Francisco, April 2006. Photo: Alan Bamberger, artbusiness.com, 2006 (used without permission)
Mel Prest's paintings are pictorial and physical, visually rich and optically complex, sensual and emotional, and engage the viewer in evocative experiences of time and place. In the paintings shown in an exhibition called Alignments at Gregory Lind Gallery in San Francisco April 4-29, 2006, there was much work evident in both senses of the word: many pieces of art, and lots of labor and time invested.
 |
| Mel Prest: Ladder, 2006. oil on 28 panels, 112 x 13 x 2 in. overall (Photo: Gregory Lind Gallery) |
The paintings are oil on wood panels. A work may consist of a single panel measuring up to twenty four by thirty inches, or two or three smaller panels hung side by side either abutted or slightly apart, or multiple arranged panels in the five or six inch range that border on installation.
At a glance each painting's palette may initially appear somewhat narrow, but this is actually not true- a range of color within a painting, and from one painting to another, is extremely important to Prest's work because each work's subject, or intended sense of place or mood, is distinct.
One constant among the paintings are painted lines of mostly uniform width. These lines appear to be the width of the brush used to make the line, meaning that, in a sense, the lines themselves are actually brushstrokes. These lines are hand-painted, and slightly wobbly or tremulous. The surfaces of many of the paintings comprise a field of either vertical or horizontal lines, though a few others combine lines of both directions. Often these lines continue onto a painting's side. These painted lines are drawing, are carriers of color and indicators direction, and when combined in a field they become the painting's image.
As an example, Ladder (2006) is an installation of twenty two panels hung high on the wall in two aligned columns of eleven panels each, making a single work measuring 112 x 13 x 2 inches overall. The panels subtly change color in a gradation from very pale blue at the bottom to a dark blue gray at the top. Thin painted lines span the surface of each panel's front and continue around to the sides, ending at the wall.
 |
| Mel Prest: Pale Dusk, 2006, oil on two panels, 16 x 24.5 x 2 inches (Photo: Gregory Lind Gallery) |
In relation to Prest's work one might immediately think of painters whose work is highly optical, such as Bridget Riley (1931, Britain), Victor Vasarely (1906, Hungary - 1997, France), or Richard Anuskiewicz (1930, US). But Prest's work isn't intense and busy in the way of these three artists; her work is warmer, softer and slower, more about place, time breathe, and the peripheral. One might think of the systems or processes of Sol Lewitt (1928, US) and Josef Albers (1888, Germany -1976, US), but Prest's intentions are not diagrammatic or schematic. Perhaps in terms of light one might think of Mark Rothko (1903, Russia -1970, US), but Prest's paintings are more crisp and intimate rather than gestural and heroic. I mention Agnes Martin (1912, Canada - 2004, US) not because of any grid-based relationship, but rather because of an attitude about paying attention at a slow rate of speed. Martin said, "Anyone can look at a waterfall all day"; she does this with restraint and dryness, while Prest's paint has more body and is lustrous. It might seem a reach to invoke Caspar David Friedrich (1774-1840, Germany) or Albert Bierstadt (1830, Germany - 1902, US), but I think one can find in Prest's work these two painters' qualities of light and air, luxurious nature, and relaxed wonder. I would call this Romanticism.
There are four key characteristics of these paintings on which I'd like to focus.
-
Time & Place: Prest's drawing and rigorous use of color and gradation creates effects that convey a sense of time, movement, place, and atmosphere.
-
Order: sequence, progression, and disruption are primary structural components in the physical, drawn, and pictorial aspects of the paintings.
-
The Wall: the painted sides of the panels relate to and use the wall to:
-
Infer the image's continuation beyond the painting; or
-
Exert movement or energy towards, or transfer pressure onto, the wall; or
-
Demarcate more specifically where a painting begins and ends and its separateness from the wall, which reinforces the painting's containment by the wall
-
Recovery: Prest's paintings revive and recuperate the use of modularity and a certain expressive geometric imagery in abstract painting which was debased by populist misunderstandings during the late 1960's and early 1970's of modern or minimalist art as public art or decoration. This last characteristic is probably not something intended by the artist, but it is something I find interesting.
Time & Place: Prest creates mood and space through a deft and confident control of color. The hand-painted, evenly spaced colored lines are precisely placed, but contain the presence of human movement. Colored fields and lines shift subtly across a panel, or from panel to panel. Occasionally, color may suddenly make a huge transitional leap from one hue or value to another that pulls the eye along, making the painting a time-based experience- a moment- in a specific but unnamable location.
Some paintings depict and feel like the space and light of landscape, while others look and feel more urban or structured, perhaps architectural. One might say that Pale Dusk is the fading light along the Pacific coast, that Black Rainbow is urban nighttime, or that the colored lines building a vibrant concentration of luminous blue with a hint of rose in Twin Rainbow represent several moments during a brilliant spring day. The range and control is impressive, and the results are varied and surprising.
 |
| Mel Prest: Black Rainbow, 2005, 16 x 16 x 2 inches (Photo: Gregory Lind Gallery) |
Order: Prest's paintings are structured in parts and wholes. Physically, multiple panels are smaller parts of a single larger piece, although Prest's work could not be called modular, because each piece has its specific place; parts are not interchangeable. Drawing and composition are sequential progressions- lines accumulate and build progressive transitions across surfaces that create movement and changes in light. Symmetry is hinted at or implied, but also disrupted because not strictly adhered to, making the seeing experience non-static. In paintubgs where panels are immediately side-by-side there is both continuity and the briefest recognition of parts and wholes; in paintings where panels are slightly separated we have a gap to work across and reconcile. Color makes light, and structured, orchestrated, gradated color makes a pictorial kind of light. Together line and color create a visual sense of place and atmosphere.
Each painting's making is at least superficially evident: there is a background color on top of which colored lines are painted. These are paintings made in steps, but while one might assume there is a plan, they actually feel intuitive. Regarding paintings that are composed of either vertical or horizontal lines, the label stripes might be used, but the range of color and the hand-painted qualities prevents this somewhat restrictive reading. The paintings are more complex than can be conveyed by a description of how they are made.
The Wall: The painted lines continue onto the painting's edge. Looked at straight-on, as a flat plane while ignoring the sides, there is the implication that a painting is a detail of a larger continuous image. But paintings on which the lines continue onto the side call our attention to the fact that the painting is an object, a shallow rectangular box. Given this, the viewer must consider whether these lines wrap around to the back of the painting and are constrained to this painted object (either actual or inferred), or if what is being suggested, or pictorially hinted at, is that the lines continue onto or into the wall.
In the latter case, a painting like Ladder hints at the possibility that the lines continue off the edge of the painting; the lines in Ladder seem to transfer a kind of energy into or pressure onto the wall on which it hangs, not only making the wall an essential part to the painting, but also imaginatively implying that the wall itself has pictorial possibilities as an extension of the painting. These imagined continuous lines simultaneously anchor the painting to the wall and exert a kind of force that seems to lift the painting off the wall. In contrast, the horizontal and vertical patterning on the nine-panel The Things that are Missing contains the lines within each panel, so that the role of the wall is as a container of or buffer to the painting's energy.
 |
| Josef Albers, Mural, 1968, Brick mural, 8' x 50', Study Center, Gosnell Building, Rochester Institute of Technology |
Recovery: An initial encounter with Prest's work might create an immediate reaction to, or feed assumptions about, her work as decoration, but with even a bit of close looking it quickly becomes clear that her work goes far beyond this. Her paintings can work on both of these levels without compromise- and isn't all painting in some way decoration?- which is a genuine achievement. It is interesting that her work might flirt with a way of making paintings that has descended to the level of cliche and kitsch, but that she makes this approach extremely viable. I don't mean that Prest's work is quotation or re-use, or that she uses this approach with irony; instead, I think she has circumvented the cliches and made this way of working- modular and optical- relevant and meaningful again.
In the late sixties and seventies, perhaps lasting into the early eighties, many popular forms of "abstract" art for mass consumption as installation, or murals, came into use. At the same time, one found much "modern, abstract" art made by amateurs or artists less-schooled in history and theory that often used geometric form and line, and the use of multiple canvases or panels. Much of this work is made in response to a misunderstanding of the work of, for example, Piet Mondrian (1872, The Netherlands – 1944, US) and Josef Albers (1888, Germany - 1976, US). For this viewer, Prest's paintings revive, work against, and overcome a form of decorative public art that rapidly became cliche in the late 20th century.
 |
Jan van der Ploeg, Wall Painting No.116 'Wave', Acrylic on wall, 336 x 300 cm, 2004; Michael Lett, Auckland (photo Minus Space) |
For example, during this period it was quite common to find that the lobbies, hallways, and parking lots of government and medical buildings, airports and banks in North America and elsewhere contained enormous wall-sized, patterned abstract images, typically in earth colors, often consisting of parallel, straight, and arcing lines in gradated colors. I think Jan van der Ploeg's (1959, The Netherlands) wall installations, intentionally or not, refer to this period.
Another example from this period is the use of printed, patterned fabric stapled to a stretcher and hung on the wall like a painting. It was quite common to see these in offices and furniture stores, and one still sees them for sale in thrift stores.
Other common techniques and materials employed by the amateur painter of the period was the use of wood panels, flat color, modular units that could be hung in various configurations, and painted sides of the canvas. Common issues with this art include a failure to go beyond design to compositionally address the rectangle; a lack of understanding of color dynamics; a crude handling of paint; a failure to understand
paintings as a highly visual and physical medium; and an attitude that defaulted to thinking of paintings as merely personal expression and/or decoration without a responsibility to the medium and to history. Prest easily succeeds in addressing all of these areas, which is why I state, to repeat from above, that her "paintings revive and recuperate the use of modularity in abstract painting which was debased by populist misunderstandings during the late 1960's and early 1970's of modern or minimalist art as public art or decoration."
Conclusion: What we call Abstract Painting is a difficult area to work within. The viewer might think the painter is making something out of nothing, but often the painter is inventing an image in response to something real, whether an object or place, some quality of light or color, an idea or concept, or perhaps a person or a memory. The painted image may not look like anything we ordinarily recognize, and it may not look like anything at all; instead, it might be something completely new. The meaning of what the painter makes- this new thing- hangs on or is found in something that the painter wants to trust that the viewer will engage in: looking, observing, noticing, reacting, thinking, reflecting.
A good painter gives the viewer something worth looking at. The painter must present the viewer with something intelligent and thoughtful which the viewer can recognize and experience. And while meeting certain expectations the painter also wants and needs to surprise the viewer. Prest does all of this. The conceptual basis of her work is sound and consistent and resolved. She fully considers every aspect of making a painting, from size, surface, and edge to color, paint quality, and effect. The paintings are beautiful, and they reward the viewer's investment of time and looking. The paintings are surprising, not only because of her use of what might have been an outmoded way of making a painting, but because the image and mood of each is so unique and specific.
 |
Mel Prest: Beacon, 2005, oil on panels (diptych) 24 x 30 x 2 in. overall (Photo: Gregory Lind Gallery) |
All images of Mel Prest's paintings from Gregory Lind Gallery, San Francisco
Posted by chrisashley at
06:45 PM
June 22, 2006
Pete Baldes: Hypertemps
Still from "Prosthetic Leg" by Pete Baldes
Pete Baldes slices video into thin horizontal strips of animated GIFS that are stacked back into the original video's frame, but the GIFs are out of synch, coalescing into a image and then falling apart again.
Prosthetic Leg is a terrific example (warning: large download)- the figure is constantly moving but pulling in different directions so going nowhere, stuck in time, barely pulling parts of itself together and never quite being whole again. The way it moves is like what one sees looking down a straight road in the desert, mirage-like.
The image itself reminds me of a scene in the film Contact, starring Jodie Foster: when she travels forward in time and lands on a beach she sees in the distance a hazy amoebic form moving towards her which gradually turns into her father. It's a very moving moment. Prosthetic Leg reminds me of that moment, but without the culmination- there's a different emotion here, more having to do with a kind of desire that cycles over and over, and also pleasure in the constantly shifting, fractured form of a moving figure that we recognize but never quite see. It's like Baldes has captured a ghost.
Something I can't shake: the term "prosthetic," and the idea of the desert mirage, make me think of a wounded soldier who, for obvious reasons, will no longer see active duty. The emotion of that association on my part, whether intended or not by Baldes, and one of many possible associations, attaches itself to my viewing of the video and won't quite let go, lingering, embedded. All of that is reconciled or put aside if one watches long enough- at times the image comes together just enough, and there is a momentary glimpse of a figure striding forward carrying a golf club. Ah, so this is leisure, but is the club the prosthetic?
There is also a tremendous sense of play at work here in the distortion achieved through a fractured funhouse mirror effect, similiar to seeing a reflection in a piece of coated mylar slowly shifting in an intermittent breeze.
Film, or video, is a succession of frames. What happens in Prosthetic Leg as we watch it is that we see a succession of frames within a larger succession of frames. There is the overall video, which is an accumulation of a number of animated GIFS, and each animated GIF is its own small video. Baldes has simultaneously made one large video, and a number of small videos. The larger moving image is the maxi-video, and each animated GIF that makes up the larger video is a meta-video. Prosthetic Leg is a sum of parts, but each part can stand alone, and all the parts can make a single larger piece.
Perhaps one could call this Cubist video. There's a bit of Duchamp's Nude Descending a Staircase. This is truly digital imagery, but a pixellation in rows rather than on the horizontal and vertical grid. It's like the file is corrupted- it's distorted but plays and keeps it's neatly defined edges.
At Baldes' Hypertemps also see Segway Scooter #1, a ride that almost goes in circles, and almost goes nowhere (and then, kind of tangentially, read Joe McKay's letter to Dean Kamen about the Segway).
An earlier version of this post was reblogged at Rhizome, 20060620.
Posted by chrisashley at
12:20 AM
June 20, 2006
Chris Ashley - A Case Study
A team of students in COMM2320 - Media Industries at RMIT University, Melbourne chose the following topic for their research project: "How well do various Internet-based media exploit the affordances of the Internet, and what recommendations might be made to media practitioners who seek to utilise the full potential of the Internet as a medium and as a distribution entity?" I was contacted by one of the team members, Laura Lancaster, about being interviewed. I agreed to participate. The following case study is published on their project wiki. Laura's post-project self-assessment is on her own weblog.
I answered Laura's questions via email on June 5, 2006, and the interview itself is basically an unrevised, unedited, first-thought first draft with several typos and sentences in need of a little straightening out.
Chris Ashley - A Case Study (link)
I think a vast component of what the Internet affords greatly benefits the creative media but in particularly independent artists. The independent creative media are able to exploit the affordances of the Internet to gain recognition, distribution and commercial/critical success. In contrast to pre-existing mediums, the Internet is especially valuable to the independent creative media who find they are able to fully exploit it within their personal confines. The Internet has become a solution to the many problems this minority has faced before, including lack of recognition, high cost of exhibition and distribution and many more. Though large and leading creative media companies have fully exploited the affordances the Internet has to offer, it seems independent practitioners are finally not being left behind and are able to utilise the affordances without their previous limitations. Whether consciously or inadvertently, independent creative media practitioners have found ways to exploit this medium and gain opportunities that would previously not been available to them. For these people, the Internet offers what no medium before it has.
I researched a visual artist, Chris Ashley, who furthered his artistic career by starting a blog on which he displays his art. As you can see his blog, entitled Look, See contains many abstract coloured drawings in hand-coded HTML tables. He also writes a lot of commentary about other artist, including other online visual arts bloggers. I chose Chris as I thought he has exemplified our research by utilizing the affordances we’ve identified practically. The blog is a great example as it is a tremendous tool that is often overlooked, although it is exemplar of what the Internet affords to its users. What’s amazing about Chris is that he is one of the few emerging artists who is using the weblog unconventionally. Traditionally, blogs area a publishing medium, with ‘diary-like’ qualities in which individuals can create a personal space to express ideas and opinions. Recently, the role of the blog has changed, and has been used for other purposes: as a knowledge management tool, primarily to make money. These aspects are only just being realized. Chris Ashley uses his blog to promote and advertise his art, and also uses its social aspect of linking and commenting to gain contacts and to communicate with people with similar interests. In an interview we conducted with him he stated:
"Most art-focused weblogs are not a tool for an art form; in fact; the most common use of a weblog in the art community fill some pretty obvioius functions that are basically time extentions of print-based publishing: commentary, reviews, news, promotion, gossip, and pictures. A second common function of weblogs among artists are for studio views – showcasing work in progress or finished, installation views, a kind of window into the artist’s working world"
"And I think what sets my weblog apart is that it has not been a place to merely talk about or link to other art. The images are not incidental to my weblog. My weblog has become an art practice, and it is one part of my overall art practice."
One of the key affordances of the Internet is that it is a network and in this sense Chris Ashley’s blog is extremely successful. It has become a way for him to gain contacts he would otherwise not have. In our interview with him he expressed in his ‘pre-blog’ days he found it very difficult to gain contacts in the artistic world, but since he started his blog he now has countless contacts and is in touch with people that share common interests. This is a result of the power of the blog as a tool that can be commented on and linked to as well as commented and linked from. In an interview we conducted with Chris he emphasised the importance of the blog as a network:
"My consistent and long-term online presence has brought me some attention and opportunities"
"As with any other popular weblog, the attention consists of and is promoted primarily by links from other over time to my weblog; without that there would be no traffic beyond the handful of friends and acquaintances who might check-in anyway. Without other people linking to me and commenting on my work there wouldn’t be as much recognition, although by now I also get a tremendous number of hits daily from search engines, too"
Another reason why the blog as a medium can exploited so tremendously is that it is essentially free. If you have something to say or something to show you can do it at a no cost. This is how the Internet differs so greatly from other mediums. Users have the ability to exhibit and display their work for free to an enormous audience. The blog is also exemplar of how the Internet is used as a personalized space. Bloggers are able to make it fashion it as they wish, and more importantly have full control of the content. Again what is successful about Ashley’s blog is the way he has taking this idea further to benefit his career:
"I have long thought of my weblog as a studio, a gallery, an archive, a study, and a library. It is part of my art practice. Much of the contents of my weblog are not about art; the content is the art. The weblog is a tool to sustain and improve my own practice"
If you are looking to exploit what the Internet offers for your various personal benefits whether they be artistic or commercial you need not look any further than the weblog.
Chris Ashley: Complete Interview
1) Your blog is somewhat unconventional in terms of the earlier purposes of a weblog (i.e diary-like confessions, personal opinions). Do you see blogs as having specific conventions or restrictions?
I’m not sure that the original purpose of weblogs was for diary-like confessions. Weblogs- not just web-based writing in a daily or serial format, but writing done for and in an actual weblog application- originally gained hold in the tech world during the late 90’s dotcom world, specifically through an application called Manila developed by a small company called Userland.
Early on, weblogs were very tech-centric; they were used primarily for listing and linking to tech and general news, very brief commenting or editorializing, news and updates. In some ways a weblog was a one-person message board that both acted independently of and referenced other one-person message boards. Weblogs also began to fill a social function during these rather heady and intense times, when tech companies were popping up like crazy and scores of people moved around the country to these new companies. Small communities would develop around a ring of weblogs that might emerge out of a circle of friends or co-workers, and the weblogs would be full of information concerning the logistics of work and social life, inside jokes, and, increasingly and inevitably, I think, personal information. One started to note several strains of writing: opinion pieces, diaristic writing, journalism-like writing, jokes and pranks. Much of the writing in early weblogs, perhaps until 2001 or so, was still tech- and business-centric, and there was a lot more focus sense there were so few weblogs.
A fairly natural outgrowth of the tech-centricism of weblogs was an interest in the use of weblog in education, both as sources of information and dialogue about educational technology in general, and as tools themselves for teaching in learning in K-12 and higher education. Early on a number of educational technology weblogs emerged, including mine at UC Berkeley; the original purpose of my weblog, begun in March 2000 was to explore it as a tool for schools (I had just come out of teaching elementary school and began work at UC Berkeley on a technology-based K-12 outreach project).
As an artist, however, it wasn’t long, sometime in late 2000, before I first began to use my weblog as a place to research and talk about visual art, but very soon after I began to think of it as a place for my own art, and this is when I stumbled on using HTML to make browser-based images out of colored table cells, a really dumb, obvious, crude, not terribly flexible medium; I call them HTML drawings, other people call them HTML paintings- I don’t really care what they’re called. After a year and a half or more my weblog began to increasingly be art-focused, and beginning in July 2002, I think, my focus shifted nearly exclusively to art. And I think what set my weblog apart is that it has not been a place to merely talk about or link to other art. The images are not incidental to my weblog. My weblog has become an art practice, and it is one part of my overall art practice (I’m a painter). Most art-focused weblogs are not a tool for an art form; in fact; the most common use of a weblog in the art community fill some pretty obvious functions that are basically more timely extensions of print-based publishing: commentary, reviews, news, promotion, gossip, and pictures. A second common function of weblogs among artists are for studio views- showcasing work in progress or finished, installation views, a kind of window into the artist’s working world.
So, now having set a little context, you ask if I “see blogs as having specific conventions or restrictions?” I’m not sure of the usefulness of this question, because now weblogging is so broad that having expectations or upholding standards across a general population of webloggers seems no easier to apply to the online world than it is to offline writing: some people are clear, diligent, thoughtful writers, and most people simply aren’t. That’s just the way it is.
One convention includes more compact writing: shorter paragraphs which allows scanning and supports the readers quicker, easier grasp of contents and weight. Certainly, there is the convention of the reverse chronological structure of a weblog. And there is the convention of linking: quoting something and linking to the source as a reference; hyperlinking embedded in text; the use of linking as a compliment or validation; the use of linking to generate traffic, increase search engine results. An important convention is that as a reader of a weblog I expect content to be fresh; rarely updated weblogs lose their readers quickly. In my case visitors know that everyday there is a new drawing on my weblog. They know that it is live. A weblog is a living thing, in that sense, and many weblogs, though not all, seem to have a limited shelf-life.
Another convention is the ability for readers to comment on weblogs they read. Some weblogs get lot of this kind of activity and little communities build around them. After a few attempts I made a decision early on that I did not want any commenting or a guestbook- I prefer more one-to-one interactions, I don’t really have time to keep up with comments, and having been in the position of moderator for other online forums I know from experience that it is something I no longer want to do, ever.
When I think of restrictions I first think of the various weblog applications and the kinds of functions they support: drafting; timed-publishing; ease of posting images; ease of modifying templates; and so on. I don’t think this is what you’re asking about. As far as the restrictions of a weblog as publishing medium, well, my expectations are realistic. What is a weblog supposed to do or be? That’s up to the weblogger, I think. If you want to be some kind writer, or want to post photos, or you want to run a news and information source for some purpose, then it’s quite possible and easy do so: identify your audience, do what you do with this audience in mind, do it regularly, link to others, keep up with your email correspondence, be nice and courteous, give credit where credit is due.
2) How has exhibiting your art for free affected your career in terms of recognition and promotion?
My consistent and long-term online presence has brought me some attention and opportunities. I assume that there is some quality to what I’m doing on the weblog- something that is attractive or interesting to others- that is that causes this. As with any other popular weblog, the attention consists of and is promoted primarily by links from others over time to my weblog; without that there would be no traffic beyond the handful of friends and acquaintances who might check-in anyway. Without other people linking to me and commenting on my work there wouldn’t be as much recognition, although by now I also get a tremendous number of hits daily from search engines, too.
Opportunities come in a couple of ways- seemingly out of the blue and through relationships. For example, a few opportunities seem to have come to me out of the blue- someone contacts me and offers an opportunity, and it turns out that they have been watching what I’ve been doing for some times, and that they have been aware because of links to me, so they know that others are paying attention; this implies some kind of reputation. For example, I was on a panel at the New Museum in New York, Blogging and the Arts, last spring- that invitation came out of the blue. The invitation to show in Richmond, VA at 1708 Gallery, which just closed May 27, also came out of out of nowhere from my point of view because I wasn’t aware that the curators of that show had been looking at my weblog.
On the other hand, probably a better way of having opportunities occur is correspondence beyond the weblog- several people who are aware of my weblog and who have written have become regular correspondents- friends- and those relationships are very important. Just to be clear, yes, they have been important in that opportunities have come out of those relationships, but much more important is the relationship itself; the weblog is part of it, a part of being available, being within someone’s field of vision, but the more personal contact- email and occasionally phone, is really a more fruitful way to make things happen. For example, and opportunity to show in Philadelphia last October came about both through my presence as a weblogger and through a relationship via email that developed after someone contacted me about the weblog and we began corresponding.
3) What other aspects of your blog do you find beneficial?
The most beneficial thing to me, which I have written about a fair amount, is that it is a tool that forces me to do something everyday, and that the tool, the weblog, has become for me a studio, and exhibition space, and an archive. Pulling a quote from my introduction for an online panel from the –empyre- mailing list last June, I wrote:
In the past three years my weblog has become my studio, an exhibition space, and an archive. I show work everyday, seven days a week. The idea of an audience, no matter how small, motivates me. I have total control over showing the work, storing it, and saying what I want about it in public. The archive aspect is important- I can easily go back through my work and compare various bodies of work.
Read the complete intro
4) How has being online assisted you in coming into contact with other visual art bloggers with common interests?
For a long time, in the early days of weblogging, perhaps up until 2003 or 2004, there were very very few visual arts webloggers. Eventually search engines and RSS feeds and other tools helped people with common interests find each other.
5) Do you find it important for artists to be in communication with people that share common interests? Is belonging to a group important to you artistically?
Maybe it’s just my personality, but belonging to group is not important, and may not be such a good thing for the art. A few good trusted relationships, are invaluable. It is important for an artist- and anyone in any field- to be able to talk to with others with whom one shares a common language, history, or outlook. As you know, I’m sure, all people tend to towards birds of a feather. It’s important to have another pair of eyes looking at your work, to have someone asking tough questions, who has another point of view. It is also important, perhaps more important, to be in the position of having to do the same for another artist, to get outside of one’s own expectations and to try to experience and articulate what one sees in someone else’s work.
6) How does your artistic career compare between now and your pre-blogging days?
After living and struggling with the artist’s life for many years in my twenties and early thirties I decided to be a productive citizen and teach elementary school. During my ten years involvement in the schools art became something put way on the back burner, at times so far back the burner was off and it was off the stove. Restructuring my life to re-establish my art practice as the center of my life as much as possible while still working, coincided with uses of technology over the past six years. The use of the web, my weblog, and email come pretty naturally to me, and I can’t imagine having accomplished much art career-wise without these tools. I think I’m a better writer than a extemporaneous speaker, and I can be a little shy and take time to form relationships. Establishing relationships that come from my other strengths are a big bonus for me. Other people who are very good a face-to-face right from the start, who don’t mind telephones, who are naturally at ease with others don’t understand that well. These tools allow me to establish a presence and some relationships more easily. My discomfort with schmoozing was always a handicap to my art career when I was younger.
7) If you didn’t have a blog, would you continue utilizing the internet to benefit your artistic career, and if so how?
Yeah, sure- if you don’t have a web site you don’t really exist, right? Without the weblog I would work harder at a regular web presence. Because of my weblog I feel like I don’t have to worry about that so much. And email is an essential tool- make polite inquiries of others, send brief email compliments- “I just wanted to say that I like that new painting you posted”-, say thank you, and be understanding when someone doesn’t reply right away. Build a mailing list using every email you can and use it to announce shows, events, the completion of a new body of work, web site updates, etc. One way to establish a presence and relationships would be to participate in discussions on other people’s weblogs- that can lead to personal contacts.
Here’s what I would never do- I would never, ever use one of those web sites where artists register and post their work, like it’s some kind of art community, you know these places where artists post their work fishing for sales. Sorry, those are rinky dink. You have no control over who you area associated with, and you have no control over the look of the web site.
8) You have said that HTML is an extremely limiting medium for making images and that these limitations can be immensely freeing. What are the major limitations you have identified and how have these been beneficial?
Excerpt from - https://mail.cofa.unsw.edu.au/pipermail/empyre/2005-June/msg00008.html:
HTML is a really limiting medium: all right angles; flat hard surfaces and edges; limited color with uniform intensity; the size of a browser window on a common monitor. And just about every time I've thought, "OK, I've done this long enough, time to stop," I find some little twist I want to try out. I just keep getting more comfortable with the medium and keep pushing it to be more painterly. And I think the fact that I do approach this as a painter has made the images much more expressive than they sound on paper.
Sometimes when you find the rules in which you’re operating, and there’s no way around them, you realize that having all of those other choices taken away is a good thing. You don’t have to think about them anymore. You make do with what you have, and you find lots of different ways of using those simple means. It’s very freeing because you already know what’s not possible, so fine, and you end up pushing what you have to find what is absolutely possible.
9) Do you believe the benefits blogging are only now being fully recognized?
Well, I think there are benefits that many people will never realize because they are too busy thinking about how weblogs are the new journalism and how they can make money off of it. Or even worse, that thanks to the popular press weblogs are misunderstood as simply places for overly sensitive dramatic personalities to attempt to get attention.
Excerpt from - http://www.artblog.net/?name=2006-04-03-16-09-panel:
I'm a long time weblogger (not blogger)- began in March 2000. One of the things that always annoys me about the discussion about art and weblogs is the focus on things external to art practice- the market, criticism and art journalism, the social aspects of the art world, gossip, etc.
Here's the thing I want to hear artists talk about- why do you do what you do (weblog), and what has it done for your art? Forget about all the rest of what most weblogs are about- what are you documenting; what are you learning and thinking about through you're writing, photos, and linking; how are you assembling ideas and knowledge about your work and yourself over time in the weblog as a kind of learning portfolio? How do you use the archive that you are building up- do you reflect back on your activities, do you look over your archives, do you have a goal for building creating a body of work or ideas for which your weblog is an integral tool? What are you and your work getting out of it?
I have long thought of my weblog as a studio, a gallery, an archive, a study, and a library. It is part of my art practice. Much of the contents of my weblog are not about art; the content is the art. The weblog is a tool to sustain and improve my own practice.
I also think a weblog can be a good way to form relationships and create discussion. It's very grassrootsy. I have found great value in that. But to expect a weblog to change an artworld largely driven by money, a world that, at the higher stakes level, increasingly seems to be turning into one of entertainment and social privilege, is hoping for a lot. The idea that weblogs in the hands of people with "truer artistic intentions" or whatever will change the artworld seems naive to me. Rich and/or socially connected will also use the same tools to continue what is in effect the Society Page. Witness Artforum's Diary.
Writing on weblogs has to reach a point of achieving validity as informed, authoritative, well-written, and accepted. There is no system for this yet- no editing, no publisher's stamp, no peer-reviewed process, and even very little of the kind of approval that lots of people understand: advertising dollars.
As you can see, I think they have tremendous potential for individual, small group, and special interest research and documentation. The other uses that many hope for them, as money makers, smells like business as usual to me. The can be tremendously useful for getting news out in a timely way that would not ordinarily get reported- in the US we are seeing that with a few weblogs focusing on politics and government, like [Dailykos.org http://www.dailykos.com/].
10) Do you see any further advances being made in visual art blogging? In terms of new media do you think the future is promising for independent artists?
I see a bright future for arts writing, for sure. One can already see that happening. But most of that art writing is about fairly regular art forms, especially that with commercial potential. Most art magazines are big luxury items with lots of ads and very little content. I can read an art weblog and get almost nothing but content- Roberta Fallon & Libby Rosof (http://www.fallonandrosof.com/artblog.html) do an amazing job of covering the Philadelphia scene.
As far as weblogs as an art form, or a tool centrally to an art form, it’s hard for me to say. There are few people using weblogs in a way central to an art practice, and much technology-based art is still being made mostly for other artists, it seems. It’s hard to imagine a crossover to a more general audience, especially when one is competing with video games, special effects, pop music, etc. Perhaps that’s why so much technology-based art references those things, too- so they can compete. I don’t see the point in anyone trying to make more HTML drawings; it’s a small area to mine. And I’m about making images that appeal to people- I’m not a programmer and I don’t make interactive, or web-based, or net art, or whatever it’s called. Artists will be posting photos and video and audio and manipulated images, and will build sites and environments for the web. Tom Moody regularly posts animated GIFs and music to his weblog. Just today I received an email from jimpunk announcing (http://dvblogh4ck.blogspot.com/), which carries hacked Quicktime videos from (http://dvblog.org/).
What do you mean by “independent artists?” Does that mean someone not affiliated with a gallery? If so, there are way more independent artists than there are non-independent artists (I don’t know what to call them- dependent, affiliated, sanctioned, professional, official?). There are many art worlds and many different communities. There is a huge, barely known art world of programmers, web designers, people using audio and video and performance, all kinds of image makers, etc. Most artists don’t become non-independent artists. They either get into academia or get day jobs and continue doing what they do. Some artists using technology are getting shown and sold, but it seems to me that the commodity being sold still has to have the aura of being a valuable object to it. That’s pretty hard to say about a colorful abstract image that is made of code and doesn’t’ really exist, or an animated GIF projected on a wall, or an interactive web site.
Retrieved from "http://media.rmit.edu.au/students/projects/wiki/index.php/Affordances_commercial"
Posted by chrisashley at
06:24 PM
June 08, 2006
Denis Peterson: "Don't Shed No Tears"

Above: Denis Peterson, "The End of It", 2006, Acrylic and oil on canvas, 20 x 36" (source)
In recent years we have witnessed genocide via first person accounts, news stories, television, radio and film, and, increasingly, nearly real-time through the Internet. We have watched the international community's slow, indecisive recognition of this genocide, and felt anger and despair at the inaction. How does one respond to crises in the world? A privileged citizen of a Western(ized) country can read, vote, write letters, write checks, tell others and speak out, participate in boycotts, etc. But as the bumper sticker says, "If you aren't outraged you aren't paying attention."
What more can one do, throw his or her body in between a victim and a machete? Because of geography and fortune and circumstance we are lucky as individuals to be far from these things, though we are left in the position of being so far removed that we can merely stand by and wring our hands. Some people pray. Maybe that does some good.
As an artist, what more can one do? As a citizen the artist can donate or sell work to raise funds. This is not uncommon, and it is worthwhile. But what if one wants to do more, to make the art part of one's action?
Does one turn one's art, it's subject matter, its reason for being in service of justice? As a painter, does one go the more didactic, activist route of, roughly, Gericault[1], Spero[2], or Sue Coe[3]? Or does one take a more poetic route à la Jacob Lawrence[4] or Guston[5]? An exemplary artist to think of here is of course Goya [6]. I think of some of Joy Garnett's[7] work as being in this vein. In all of these artists there is a unique aesthetic approach and a conceptual grounding on which hinges whether or not the work of these artists is art or illustration. How a painting is conceived, how it is made, how it exists as a painting, and how it engages a viewer in a complex experience of looking, discovery, and psychologcial and emotional dynamics is the territory where a painted image becomes something much more than a picture of something.
Perhaps one approach an artist might take is sheer commitment. One might make painted images that are so highly crafted, detailed, and labor intensive, that so earnestly suggest every pore and thread, that the message is simply, "I believe, and I care. Look at this. It is important." To do this, the artist lives with images so intensely that they become familiar and internal, alive and emotional. Maybe the viewer picks up on this, and maybe it becomes part of the viewer's experience.
Perhaps this is what Denis Peterson[8] has done. He is showing paintings through June 30th at Next Gallery[9] in New York depicting people and places where genocide is a fact: Rwanda, Darfur, Ethiopia, Haiti and Cambodia. A press release says that this show, Don't Shed No Tears, "is a unique solo painting exhibition focused on genocide. Denis Peterson’s masterful photorealist airbrush paintings are metaphoric silent witnesses - quintessential portraitures of salient human beings and stunningly incorporeal landscapes." The exhibition's title is a call to action- it's not enough to cry; as Philip Guston[5] said, "What kind of man am I, sitting at home, reading magazines, going into a frustrated fury about everything - and then going into my studio to adjust a red to a blue."
Right: Cactus Flower (2006), acrylic on canvas, 24 images of prisoner children, taken from their identity papers (source; more detail)
Paintings like Peterson's face a dilemma. When a painting is brought to such a high degree of finish and photographic resolution there is a risk that the painted surface is seen as a fetishized object made by a person of privilege. When images of other are used- exotic locales, people with cultural differences, those without a voice- there are potential issues around power and use; there is the risk of accusations of exploitation or glamorization. And it can be very problematic when painting appears to be a photograph, when it appears to be a copy of a photograph, and also has the appearance of photojournalism, which has a whole different contextual frame around it that we use to see and assess what we see. A painter working in this territory can be accused of uncritically using something horrible to make something beautiful. This is a difficult area to work within. I have not seen these paintings first-hand, and so am not able to judge them as paintings, to account for any painting decisions Peterson has made in response to use his of photographs. Paintings that appear to be photographs don't necessarily impress me. My tendency for now, however, is to see Peterson's labors as evidence of his commitment. And by making something beautiful and hyper-real in appearance, I think he attempts to remind us that people suffering terribly are living, breathing, thinking, and feeling individuals in need of our attention and help.
Robert Ayers wrote about Peterson's show in Art Without Edges: Images of Genocide in Lower Manhattan for Artinfo.com. Peterson told Ayers, "The body of work was created for humanitarian purposes, and proceeds of certain works are going to victims and families." More images can be seen at denispeterson.com.
[1] "A number of painters in the Romantic period, and some before it, believed imagery should present situations, states of suffering, and outrage in forms that were extreme and compelling in themselves. These images, they thought, would stimulate the sympathy and satisfaction that were regarded as salutary and sublime - indeed they envisaged a situation in which agony as such would create a demand for experience that would in other contexts be intolerable. The Artchive. http://artchive.com/artchive/G/gericault.html
[2] "Nancy Spero’s innovative language of printed and stamped text and images has both celebrated the human and often specifically female, experience, as well as expressed outrage at violence, war and inhumanity. Galerie Lelong. http://www.galerie-lelong.com/newyork/artistes/fr_encours.php?artiste=72
[3] "Sue Coe is one of the most important politically oriented artists living in the U.S. today. From the outset of her career working as an illustrator for such publications as the New York Times and Time Magazine, Coe was committed to reaching a broad audience through the print media." Galerie St. Etienne. http://www.gseart.com/coe.html
[4] "Over a sixty-five year career, Jacob Lawrence (1917-2000) was an impassioned observer and storyteller whose art documented both the African American experience as well as the larger human struggle for freedom and social justice." Whitney Museum. http://www.whitney.org/jacoblawrence/
[5] "If the return to the world of things, as the 'dark pictures' make clear are based in part on the painting process itself, what was certainly essential was a lively political awareness that Guston had shown since his artistic beginnings. In 1977 he retrospectively spoke of this aspect in a quite clear-cut way: 'So when the 1960's came along I was feeling split, schizophrenic. The war, what was happening to America, the brutality of the world. What kind of man am I, sitting at home, reading magazines, going into a frustrated fury about everything - and then going into my studio to adjust a red to a blue. [..] I wanted to be complete again, as I was when I was a kid.... Wanted to be whole between what I thought and what I felt.'" Artchive. http://www.artchive.com/artchive/G/guston.html
[6] Goya seems to have come to take it for granted that a human being with power or authority over another will abuse it to ruin the other to dismember, deprave, despoil, relentlessly, gratuitously. Maybe the scenes in The Disasters of War of the pointless butchery which the victors inflict on the vanquished tell us no more about Goya himself than that, like any humane and rational being, he loathed the excesses of war." Artchive. http://www.artchive.com/artchive/G/goya.html
[7] "Garnett's subject is the apocalyptic-sublime and the intersections of media, politics and culture. Her paintings, based on documentary photographs she samples from the internet, exploit the accessibility and malleability of images in the media." Joy Garnet: artist bio. http://www.firstpulseprojects.com/joy.html
[8] Denis Peterson. http://www.denispeterson.com/
[9] Denis Peterson: Don’t Shed No Tears; 6 May through June 30, 2006; Next Gallery, 75 Varick Street 12th Floor (One Hudson Square), NYC; M-F 9-9 Sat 9-6; Contact Faye Ran, Director, 212 343-1234 x2209
Posted by chrisashley at
06:37 PM
June 07, 2006
Artists Interview Artists: Chris Ashley
Chris Ashley, an artist and blogger from Oakland, CA, participates in the Artists Interview Artists Project. Below Chris responds to another artist's five questions (Eileen Wold from Washington, D.C.). In order to participate, Chris had to provide me with five questions for some other artist to answer. The assigning of questions to artists is completely random. If you're an artist and interested in participating, let me know.

Untitled, 2005, oil on canvas, four panels - 18" x 14" each, 18" x 62" installed
1. What did your parents think about you becoming an artist. What do/did they do for a living? Has this affected the path your art has taken?
I think at times, up until my earliest college years, my parents' felt pride that I was a creative person; my mom used to often tell the story of how as soon as I was able to as a toddler I carried pencil and paper everywhere. I drew at home, at school, in church. But looking back I can see that they expected me to outgrow this focus and desire and to eventually lead an ordinary, non-intellectual life. They were puzzled by how I chose to spend my time, were mystified at some of the kinds of art I tried and admired, and were concerned, even appalled, by some of the directions I took, none of which, to be clear, were at all really radical or risky or rebellious in any life style terms. My parents were married in the mid-fifties. I was born in an era when a family could afford for the mother to stay home with the children and be called a "homemaker." My mother came from a large family whose aspirations, to my mind, seemed limited to having a family and being a good Christian. My father was the plant carpenter at a huge factory. He came from a family of public school educators; both of his parents and three siblings were teachers. Instead of going that route he dropped out of college in his sophomore year, got a job in a factory, married young and started a family. I think he wanted to do things on his own terms, and I also think that he resented how that decision put certain options beyond his reach. I believe I share some of his character. So, my immediate family was blue collar and striving towards lower middle class, and I was extremely aware from adolescence of class and of aspects of a blue collar outlook that do and don't run in me.
The family member who has had the greatest impact on me was my grandmother, my father's mother. She was widowed quite young with four children, taught second grade for over thirty years, and was the strong center of our family. She lived nearby, was loving and generous, and deeply understood child development. She provided many opportunities for my brothers and I, and recognized my interest in art early on, taking me to museums, buying me my first set of oils at age 11, keeping and framing my drawings. She thought Norman Rockwell was a great artist, and didn't understand what I would later do, but I always felt her moral and spiritual strength, honesty, and extreme kindness, and that has always been something that I've carried, even into my art.
I eventually taught elementary school, just like members of my father's family, and I've always felt that some part of that was because of the model my grandmother provided for me. Teaching nine to twelve year olds taught me a great deal about learning and cognition, process and routines, observation and assessment, and community and relating. I'm still finding ways to use this in my life and in my art. For example, my weblog is a direct extension of the uses of portfolios for reflection and evaluation that I used in education.
2. In your opinion, what is the most troubling thing about "the business of art?"
There are several art worlds and various levels of business in the art world. There are many different paths to take, and with these options there are inevitably also many inequities to encounter, just like any other area in life. Ultimately business is of course about profit, and profit doesn't always follow what's best or fair; profit follows what is popular. The art world is highly unregulated, which makes for a way of working that is very fluid and difficult to pin down, but I'm not sure that it is a kind of business world where much regulation is even possible. I could complain about how the art world, like much of the world, is obsessed with youth and this year's fashion, about art that I think is uninteresting and unworthy of critical comment, let alone buyers, and about how large segments of the contemporary art world seem to be increasingly veering into entertainment and illustration, but if that's what is profitable that's where the business side of art will go, at least for now. One can choose whether or not to participate at all, and there are always ways that artists can exercise different kinds of control over their place in one or several of the various art worlds; it's time-consuming work, but it's possible. Someone told me that an art career takes patience, and even though I am often impatient I think it's good advice to think of the long term.
3. Name a few contemporary artists that you are following the work of and tell us how or if it relates back to your own work.
This should be an easy and direct question to answer, but I actually find it a little difficult. I know what you mean by contemporary, but I prefer to think of what is interesting or useful to me, which may not match typical notions of "contemporary." I look back and forth a lot at painters from past to present, and the more I look the more I see that painters from different eras and locations have much in common. I have spent the past couple of years looking at and thinking about 17th century Chinese painter Shitao, and I've had some revelations this year about Thomas Gainsborough. All of this relates to my own work in terms of intent and purpose, a time in history, conventions and invention, feel for material and scale, what paint does, and how to make images.
Since Clyfford Still was alive at the time I first recognized my identity as an artist (he died in 1980) I can consider him a very senior contemporary, especially in relation to artists much younger than me. I began looking at Still around 1976 when I first saw his work at the San Francisco Museum of Modern Art, which owns nearly thirty of his paintings and which always has some on view. He is a difficult, not terribly likable, and uneven artist who seems, at a superficial glance, to have simply made variations of the same painting over and over beginning in the early 1940's. But his work has been in front of my eyes and in the back of my mind for thirty years, and in the past couple of years I've wrestled quite a bit with trying to experience his work and to describe that experience and what it means. I haven't completely pinned down what his paintings are about and how they work, and I expect to keep working at that.
Belgian artist Raoul de Keyser (born 1930) is someone whose work one doesn't often get to see in the US, especially on the West Coast, but I have been fortuntate to see some of his work and I've also read a great deal about him. His work interests me because he doesn't seem wedded to a particular style other than making what one would call "abstract" images while still referencing real things. His subject matter has personal origins without being hermetic or self-centered, he works in series or small bodies of work, and he has a sense of scale about his overall project: he doesn't make large paintings for the just sake of making large paintings, and there is a kind of self knowledge, modesty, and openness in his work. Much of what I wrote here could apply to another painter I follow, Thomas Nozkowski. Three other people I'll name whose work shares some of these qualities and who I will always go see are Mary Heilmann, Pat Steir, and Louise Fishman, all painters.
More locally, my friend George Lawson is someone whose work I follow closely. We look at and talk about art in general, and the work of each of us. That dialogue is extremely valuable. In the past year the interviews I've done with a number of artists have been published online, and that conversation, and looking closely at the artists work, and the new relationships established with some of these artist has been very important to me.
4. Does "creating" in your studio space energize you or wipe you out? What is it that does energize you or wipe you out in life?
Well, "creating" involves both. I mean, working in the studio, when it's going well, creates energy, but there is always some point of exhaustion or ending, whether at the end of a day or at the end of a particular body of work. On a day to day basis, if the session is short it can be energizing but also frustrating because of the time limitation. If time allows for a long session it can be energizing but eventually physically drain me; my head can be buzzing but I'm exhausted- that's a kind of euphoria. If things aren't going well then it's just frustrating and draining, and I have to work through that. Sometimes that might only last for a few minutes, and other times it can last for weeks. What energizes me sounds like a personal ad: laughing, playing the guitar, walking, reading, writing, and of course making and looking at art. What wipes me out in life isn't unique to me: working full time.
5. What is the best thing about your life outside of your artwork?
I love my wife, I have a good job, we have a house in a good neighborhood, I'm healthy, and no great tragedies have come my way.
6. Has your artwork ever affected the life of someone else in a profound way? Explain.
Profound? I have no idea. My tendency is to say that I would be surprised to know that my art had a profound effect on someone, but that sounds lacking in ambition, which is something I don't lack. I have done things that people have liked, that perhaps have stretched expectations some. I know that a few people close to me have been surprised and pleased by things I've made. I do sometimes have an audience in my head when making or writing something, but I think as a starting place I'm more interested in having a profound effect on myself first. A big part of making art is connected to the quality and satisfaction of my own inner life, the questions I ask and the way I'd like to see things. I will say that I am honestly profoundly affected on a daily basis by the art I see by artists of all ages and eras, and what I read and think about this art, even work I don't particularly like, so perhaps it isn't ridiculous for me to think that I may be able to do the same for someone else. This is a good question, and having to answer it I think I've learned something about myself. Thanks for the opportunity to talk out loud about myself.

Red Machine, 2006, HTML & animated GIFs (10 seconds, looped), screen capture, original 380 x 380 pixels posted 20060326
Posted by chrisashley at
07:15 PM
Artists Interview Artists: Michael Grayeagle
Originally published Friday, May 05, 2006 at Thinking About Art.
Michael Grayeagle, a Harrisburg, PA based artist, participates in the Artists Interview Artists Project. Below Michael responds to another artist's five questions (Chris Ashley from Oakland, CA). In order to participate, Michael had to provide me with five questions for some other artist to answer. The assigning of questions to artists is completely random. If you're an artist and interested in participating, let me know.

The Barnyard Sunset
Arches 300gsm using Daniel Smith paints
18" x 24"
12/2005
1. Let's say I'm someone who knows next to nothing about art, but I am genuinely interested in hearing you talk about your art. Leaving all jargon and assumptions behind, how would you describe as clearly and plainly as possible what your art looks like, why and how you make it, your intentions, and what you believe your art means?
I believe that being Native American brings a spiritual aspect to art. Other ethnic groups may believe this too, but I can only speak for myself and my own people. When I paint, I am pouring out from my inner being what my spirit sees and wants to show you. How successful I am at that remains to be seen --- but I want to show you what my spirit sees. I once did a painting called “Coming Home” and to some it is nothing more than a bird trying to land in the hollow of a tree where its nest is. What I saw and wanted to portray was the determination that that bird had in coming --- not to some hole in a tree --- but to its home --- family --- its purpose for being at that time.
My art is my story to you about something.
2. How would you describe the art scene where you live? What is your relationship to that scene, what kind of relationship would you like to have, and how do you think you can you achieve that?
I happen to live in a very active art community where one can become a little overwhelmed with so much art you wonder if there really is any room for me. I am a member of the PA Watercolor Society for several reasons: 1. I believe I need to suppose the arts, and in particular my segment of the arts. 2. When one is part of a group he/she gets to become an insider and is afforded information others do not immediately know. Now, I don’t mean that in a snobbery kind of way --- but it does give one and edge on the person who does not want to belong to any group. 3. I also like to have my work critiqued by my peers. I believe that is something that those of us who have been at this for awhile often neglect and suffer because of it. I find it a tremendous help to hear what other artist have to say about a piece that I have done, because I think everyone of us would have done one or two things differently if they would have created the painting. The trick here is, of course, to take the critiques without being offended. In fact when I find someone who repeatedly seems to be nasty about the entire thing, I either totally ignore everything he/she say or I try not to allow them to do a critique. Everyone loves to give advise and this is a great way to find acceptance.
3. What role do you think current technologies, for example email and the web, and tools like weblogs, Flickr, Del.icio.us, and My Space, for example, and the near ubiquity of digital imaging, are having and can have in the making, distribution, critical dialogue, marketing, and social networking of art? What are you using, and what would you like to see happen?
This is the future! I am not sure that brick and mortar galleries will ever go away because there is a certain --- class (I dislike using that word) that finds this the only way to buy, but even galleries are going on-line. I have a web site and 99% of my sales are from that site. How important is my site? I gets hits from literally around the world everyday. People from many countries view my artwork that would never in a hundred years see any of it. Spam is a real problem and needs to be --- and I believe will be controlled. Blogs are helpful because the greatest enemy of an artist is anonymity. You’ve got to get your name and work out there before people. Blogs can help do that. However, this can backfire on you if your art is not very good or if the information you’re giving out is obviously flawed. You can only fake it for so long.
I flinch at the digital art programs that I have seen out there. They are so sophisticated many of them can take anyone’s hard work, copy it and sell it as one's own. On the other hand, I must confess I use some programs to set up my projects. Almost all of my paintings are done from photographs and I generally run those photos through a program to sharpen the image, to get gray scale prints, color prints, and I can crop, change view and re-crop again and again until I get the story I am looking to portray. I guess, like everything it is simply a program and good people will use it wisely and bad people will misuse it. That’s the world!
The social networking that the net allows for all people is fantastic! I have met and made so many friends through the net that I have never personally seen nor probably ever will. We have swapped photographs from around the world so that we both can paint pictures of places neither of us can afford to get to.
4. What is something about your art that you think is important that viewers generally overlook or misunderstand?
This one is easy. We are a flash - flash world --- everything instant, a quick look here, a snap decision there, a quick okay or a fast Ugh. Art, in my opinion, is meant to be stared at. It is meant to evoke an emotion and thought. That takes time. That takes looking carefully at the picture and thinking --- which we just don’t do anymore. I find it amazing to go to a museum and watch people look at a painting for about 20 seconds and move on to the next and then the next. I have stats on my web page that show me that more than 80% of the pictures viewed are viewed for 30 seconds or less. What they “overlook or misunderstand” is there is an entire story being told if they just took the time to ask the right questions.
5. What are you doing to get your art out in public? Do you have a plan or are you just winging it? Have any hot or unusal tips? What is working for you, and what is something that definitely doesn't work?
Let me answer the second question first --- if you don’t have a plan your father better own Micro-Soft because you’re going to go nowhere! Yes, I have a short range plan, which I call goals, and I have a long range plan/goals --- but I never go any farther than four years. There are too many changes in four years time. I keep that plan/goals in plain view so that I see them frequently and often have to change one or two for whatever reason. Now to your first question: I have a public view web page that I work very hard at. I have learned that you cannot put out a web page and then expect the world to come to it. I have put effort into studying things like SEOs, Page Ranking, Links,Robots, Meta Tags, DMOZ, (if none of these sound familiar and you are trying to sell by a web site --- you’re in trouble) and networking your net work.
Hot and unusual tips: if you are interested in selling your work then notice I used the word work. It is a job --- a very hard job being a professional artist. Work hard at your painting but work hard at your business and remember it is a business.
What is working for me? Being open and being myself. Working hard and continuing to learn my craft and my business.
The final question: Don’t fall into that artistic jerk attitude. I have come across so many singing the blues about not selling and when you go to their web site and look at their BIO or Statement they have comments like “My work speaks for itself” or “Buy it if you like it otherwise don’t”. When you do a show, be friendly, open and available to answer questions. In other words be a normal person who happens to be an artist. And always --- be gracious!

The Mighty Matterhorn
Arches 300gsm using Daniel Smith paints
18" x 24"
4/2006
Posted by chrisashley at
07:00 PM
June 06, 2006
Interview: Tilman Hopefl
Published at
Minus Space, June 2006
Introduction

Tilman has stated that his art has completely moved into the three-dimensional realm, and that his use of and response to architecture requires finding a balance between various environments and the objects that he makes and situates in these environments. Inspired by everyday objects and structures, his goal is to present and represent light using color and form, which is mediated through the objects he makes, the structures in which the objects are located, and the overall integrated installation. As René Kockelkorn writes about Tilman Hoepfl’s exhibition
F218B-BXL, at CCNOA, Brussels in 2004, “in short, this is not merely an art to look at, but a physical and psychical space of experience.”
In the following interview the reader will find the word location used several times, and there are two instances where this word is extended to locational and locationality. In reference to a pink shape he saw on the side of a building in New York which later influenced an art work of his, Tilman says, “somehow it caught my eye and I was fascinated by its awkward shape and color, and also its locational relationship.” It wasn’t merely the pink shape that mattered, but also the place where it was situated and what surrounded it. And in our discussion about site-specific and installation art, he says, “a work which is truly site-specific for me is a work which is locationally immanent, if one can say this, rather than a work which can be transported to any other location.”
In particular, I am very fond of his use of the word “immanent” here, meaning indwelling; inherent; or all-pervading, which perhaps even carries a sense of transcendence. “Locationally immanent” would mean that something is where it is meant to be, and that it can’t be anywhere else. Much of what Tilman attempts in his recent work is the use objects and color to create situations that feel natural and original, yet are structured and heightened places in which the viewer experiences form and light; one might call these immanent locations.
Right: Tilman: "Look Awry" retrospective at Kunsternes Hus, Oslo, Norway, May-June 2006
—Chris Ashley, June 2006
The following conversation between Tilman Hoepfl and Chris Ashley was conducted via email in English between April and May 2006. For further information about Chris Ashley, please visit www.chrisashley.net.
Chris Ashley: Your work F218B-BXL installed at CCNOA, Brussels in 2003 incorporated video and sound by Johan Vandermaelen. What was your thinking about including environmental sound in your installation? Is this the first time that you've included other media in an installation of yours, and is it something you intend to do again?
Tilman Hoepfl: F 218 B-BXL was the first site-specific installation; its basic aim was to create a dialogue between certain elements in my work, but also of perception itself. I found it interesting to include also various media into my process to add another layer of possible perceptive momentum. Sound, for example, became by bits an architectural structure and yet another element in these rooms on the same level as maybe a flat wall work. It definitely is not meant as an atmospheric addition.
CA: During 2006 you have three solo exhibitions scheduled in Oslo, Dusseldorf, and Sydney. Can you tell me about the work you will be showing in these different locations, how the work is different or the same, and if these different cities affect either the work you are showing or the installation?
TH: Oslo is a rather involved project. The show will contain seven stacked and layered wall objects, two floor objects and one large floor/wall object. All works are made for the space, some beforehand in my Brussels studio, and the large objects here in Oslo, on-site. The other gallery space will be occupied by a large installation similar to F 218 B-BXL. This installation will also contain different media, like video and a sound piece by Belgian composer Aernoudt Jacobs, who composed this piece especially for this space and installation.
The show in Dusseldorf will be hosted by a rather small gallery, Konsortium, and in this venue I will show drawings and one wall object deriving from those drawings. The series of drawings is called Fundstueck/gridworks, and is based on an object my eyes caught in New York two years ago—a mimetic relation, maybe.
The SNO (Sydney Non Objective) show later this year will most probably be a site-specific installation, due to the location and also due to the practicality—Sydney is a bit far away. But no specific plans are made yet for this show.
In general I could say that a special location does not influence my work in particular, except that by traveling far distances to have exhibitions I got into working site-specifically and also more experimental lydue to this situation, a flexibility which I had to get acquainted with first, but now I feel very confident with this process of art-making; the post-studio thing, to maybe call it, helped me in some ways in the creative act and broadened my ways of approaching and dealing with the process of making a work of art.
CA: What was it that caught your eye in New York on which you based these drawings? Do you often get ideas like this from your environment? Is much of your work based on other objects or something in the environment?
TH: That specific image I detected in New York was actually a huge pink shape consisting of isolation panels mounted on the outside brick wall of a building under construction, and somehow it caught my eye and I was fascinated by its awkward shape and color, and also its locational relationship. But it is not that I am specifically looking for images like this—they just occur, and if they are strong enough, they find their way slowly into the process. So I am trying to say that especially the architectural objects are not entirely dependent on this process of seeing. This also can happen by working on drawings and making sort of loose sketches, especially when it comes to larger artworks. But yes, I cannot deny a relationship to daily life objects, or at least the impulse I get from looking at things, objects, and my environment.
CA: Let’s talk about this idea of the “post-studio” practice, a not uncommon practice for many artists now. I see a breakdown of art that is made in the studio, or made outside the studio, or is half-and-half. There are artists who don’t have a studio beyond, say, a laptop, and who work with teams or fabricators. Can you say more about this, and how it broadens your practice? You’re still working in a studio, too, so are these approaches ever really separate, or is it more porous, something shifting back and forth?
TH: “The world becomes the studio”—this is a line used by a New Zealand-based art critic, and I can definitely relate to this quote. So in my case, this became an issue after being invited to places like Australia, or in cases of working with art-spaces that run on a low budget. The works I execute then are usually made site-specific, or I find a place where I can continue the regular studio practice, so in this case I can set up a temporary studio wherever I want. Maybe the idea of working in one place—the studio—is a very romantic idea in these times and days, and then may be one day it becomes important again. The intimacy of the studio is still important, so to say, but also the flexibility of location, time and space are a big part of my working process, without interfering with the essential idea of my work.
CA: The literature about your work and your own statements emphasize your interest in color and light. Your realization that light and color were your main concerns came over time, and through painting, and in some ways you are still involved in painting, but also sculpture. I'm curious to know about why and how you make solid colored objects in order to get at the effects of light. What result are you after in setting up for the viewer a situation where light is made with objects?
TH: I guess my early interests in light stem from my concern for photography, which developed very young, also always painting at the same time. Working with photography ended basically in doing very experimental photos about movement of light. Photography seemed not the right tool for me then, and I turned to painting to explore light and its essential visual quality. Sure, for a long time I literally painted and tried to paint/catch light, and through years of working and researching in different modes and styles (bad word, I know), I arrived very slowly at a much-reduced form to give light its platform. So in this term, I understand my works of art as more carriers for existing light, and they can be flat, three dimensional art arranged in an installation. A strong point in this mode of working is to invite the viewer to participate in this physical experience, to look and understand the subtleties of light and the objects and, in general, I think this can also spur more philosophical or even psychological points of understanding than the work of art might offer at first sight.
CA: What do you see as the philosophical and psychological aspects of experiencing and understanding your work? Perception of light and color are primary experiences in your work, and these take place through certain forms. These forms are hung or installed in specific ways, and may be integral to an architectural setting, perhaps bearing the influence of architecture. We are all familiar with and can deeply experience architectural spaces—we move through them, live in them, work in them. Our experience of space, and much of our lives, is shaped by architecture, and color and light. In “The Poetics of Space,” Gaston Bachelard applies the method of Phenomenology to examine our experience of architecture, looking closely at various kinds of shapes and spaces. Some of our experience is less conscious, even automatic, but at some point we become more aware of our interactions with various kinds of spaces. Our reactions are at first physical, gradually turning to awareness and meaning—which might be a psychological recognition—and then as we process this it becomes an idea or an ideal, entering the realm of philosophy. Our looking translates into an intellectual process and vice-versa, and it can be a very interesting process. How does your art act in the continuum from the physical, to the psychological, to the philosophical?
TH: I find your reference to Bachelard`s book very interesting. Once I bought this book, about a half a year ago, but didn’t yet find time to focus on it. The short rundown on Bachelard`s thoughts and ideas definitely reflects some subjects I am dealing with in my work, although I am missing subjects like personal physicality, sensuality and above all the factors of time, but, well, I haven’t read it yet. Also, he is maybe more referring to the architectural space compared to the architectural/intimate space of a work of art. For me, those questions evolved over a period of time, and the observations I made regarding the viewer’s act of seeing. Once my works developed into three-dimensional objects I observed that most of the viewers still perceived those works as two-dimensional works, which deeply irritated me and raised a lot of questions about perception. I then introduced those rather small boxes, called Volumina, and besides their own autonomy as works of art they also helped to seduce the viewer into another act of seeing and perception. The viewer all of a sudden understood the three-dimensionality of the other works—looking behind, creating a curiosity—and once being three-dimensional those works created also a physicality within the viewer, which led to questions of psychology and, last but not least, philosophy. There is sure more to say towards that subject, but maybe you get an idea of what I am aiming for.
CA: There are other artists with a strong psychological and philosophical foundation, who also deal with light and color. How do you see your work in terms of the history of other artists for whom pure color and light are central, for example Robert Irwin, Dan Flavin, or James Turrell?
TH: Well, I think history is long and there are many artists I am interested in from Renaissance to today, and I think this is a quite complex question. The three names you mention are sort of tied into Minimalism, and sure I respect their work in their own form of dealing with the phenomena of light, but I do not understand myself as a Minimalist. There are certainly thoughts which I am very interested in, and also a certain aesthetic, but I wouldn't nail down my approach to them. A very strong influence was a rather unknown artist who died recently, Robert Fosdick, and maybe also Belgian artist Marthe Wéry, who also died last year. I can definitely say that there is a tradition in my language of art starting more precisely maybe with De Stijl and Bauhaus, for example.
CA: Can you say a little more about Fosdick and Wéry, their work, and their influence?
TH: As for my friend Robert Fosdick, I have to say that it wasn't necessarily the actuality of his individual works, it was the ideas he gave me about, let's say, possibilities for understanding the subtleties of light. Deeply embedded in the dialogue between the realistic, scientific understanding of the natural phenomena of light itself, and on the other side a philosophical, spiritual approach towards it, the conversations with him supported my own development and triggered a manifold of questions in me.
As for Marthe Wéry, I guess we met just like that, a deep understanding in what we were both after in terms of physicality and intellect, the relationship between an art object and its function in architectural space, the importance of light as a mending plate between those entities, an almost sensoround experience, the questions of one's own physicality, one's own physical position—where do we stand?
CA: Going back to Minimalism, in his well-known essay “Art and Objecthood,” first published in “Artforum” in June 1967, Michael Fried used the word “theatricality” to describe, and criticize, Minimalism’s phenomenon of an object or form in real space experienced in real time. This attribute eventually came to have many positive connotations. When I mentioned Irwin, Flavin, and Turrell, I wasn’t really thinking of your work as Minimalism; I asked about them because light and perception are central to your work. But now, given your use of installation, I’m wondering whether or not you incorporate this “theatrical” aspect of installation into your work.
TH: I think the term “theatrical” in this respect is theatrical in itself, and also maybe the term “installation” is wrong to describe those spaces I create. They are clearly site-specific in their nature, which I think installation art is not. The spaces I create are clearly connected to its location. They never can be set up again in the same manner once they are standing in an important dialogue with its architectural environment and the existing light conditions. I do not understand the architectural environment as a setting or stage in that sense.
CA: How is it possible that an installation is not site-specific? I wonder if what you mean is that installation art doesn’t have to be site-specific. It is dependent on the location, which can change each time the work is installed, in different conditions. Regarding your work, do you mean that the architectural environment in which you install your work is not a backdrop or a platform, but is integrated into something larger— the entire work would include your objects or interventions, plus the environment?
TH: Sure, all installations are in some way site-specific; I just wanted to draw a line there between installation and site-specific, which you actually answered with the second part of your question regarding this subject. A work which is truly site-specific for me is a work which is locationally immanent, if one can say this, rather than a work which can be transported to any other location and re-installed in a maybe slightly different configuration within any given space.
CA: Much of your work certainly shares the essential characteristics of de Stijl: pure abstraction; a reduction to essential form and color; an emphasis on vertical and horizontal, and individual, discrete works. The Bauhaus’ key characteristics are architecture and function, and the philosophy that the practice of art is situated in a greater totality. How do you see your work in relation to this?
TH: I guess there is definitely a relation to those thoughts. Josef Alber’s quote that “art shall open eyes” is also very important in the bigger picture to make art accessible. And I truly believe that the idea of reduction and the search for the subtleties in reductive art can open doors for understanding the bigger picture in a visual, physical, intellectual way. This art is not aiming to be self-contained; it wants to relate, to give, to breathe.
CA: Do you arrive at the format and sizes of your work intuitively, or are proportion and numbers important drivers for your work?
TH: My process of working is usually a very loose one, very intuitive. I seldom work on proper sketches although, sure, when it comes to large-scale works I have to sort of plan them out.
But there's no math or any relation to math involved. I could say more that there is a definite relationship to architecture and building and creating spaces. The objects actually could be described as micro-architectures, and I also believe there's a sort of architecture, or maybe better structure, in the chaotic, incidental appearance of things which constantly find their way into our eyes.
CA: The idea of micro- and incidental architecture is interesting. For example, a work like 4103, which is a small box open on the top and bottom hung high on a wall near the ceiling could be initially taken for a sign, or a fire alarm, or some kind of sensor or detector. What look like large colored sheets of fiberboard in E472C-BSL lean against the wall or are propped up off the floor on small planks, like sections of wall waiting to be installed. The stacked pieces in F218B-BXL are placed like construction materials that have just been delivered to a site, ready to be used. Elements : Squares are like colorful aluminum window frames on display at a home design convention. Besides the forms you use, I think I see in your use of color a connection to very contemporary, popular architecture.
TH: I think there is definitely a connection in my works to architectural space in general, as a physical space in relation to one's own physicality and its relation to it: what do we see, where are we standing, what is going on? There are those kinds of thing around us, those relationships, to discover and see. Things that look awry are the concerns of this work. As for the use of color, I don't really know whether there is a direct connection to architecture. In architecture, yes, color gets used in many different aspects—as form, as decoration, etc. In my work color functions under a very different umbrella—it is light.
CA: The color is material, first. It could be the natural color of the material, or painted, or printed, or the color is applied in some way. It’s a property of the object. Of course, color is made possible by light, but how does the color move from being a physical thing to being simply light?
TH: In early Greek philosophy, light is described as the fourth element, the ether; they called it Olkas, a carrier which holds all together. That’s what I am trying to say with simply light, making a reference to this thought. So color, yes, as a material it becomes a carrier of thought, something essential, so to say.
CA: After all of these exhibitions, what next?
TH: Well, first of all I need a break, but in general I might say that I haven’t played out all the possibilities which my work process offers. After all, it is slow, art, and I cannot just produce, period. So I guess I will keep on researching my own possibilities.
Posted by chrisashley at
12:03 AM
May 31, 2006
Pulse 2006: Lost in Translation
STYLE WEEKLY: ARTS & CULTURE
May 10, 2006Lost in Translation
Struggling to describe the impact of the digital age on art. by Becky Shields
"Pulse2006,” the 1708 Gallery Biennial, is the result of two years of conceptualizing, coordinating and blogging — yes, blogging — on the part of curators Peter Baldes and Kristin Beal-Degrandmont. The concept of the impact of the digital age on art is as simple and easy to communicate as those exams that demanded you eloquently describe the history of philosophy in a two-hour timed essay. Darn near impossible.So give the curators credit for trying. But given the complex theme — which is never clearly expressed in the program, online, or anywhere else — it’s hardly surprising that the show lacks focus.
When pressed with the question of the exhibit’s theme, Baldes explains, “The screen world, the software world, informs this new visual.” Grasping for more specific words, he elaborates: “I’m going through the history of art again. I’m learning so much, and this is, in one way, a representation of that.”
Which doesn’t tell you much.
So we know it’s about the impact of the Internet — the catalog touts the curator’s blog (www.pulse2006.blogspot.com), created to facilitate communication, as the show’s most innovative aspect — but what else? A glance around the gallery clears things up a little. Works by six very different artists cover the walls and floor, and each piece integrates modern and traditional artistic processes.
Particularly intriguing are three quilts by Californian Anna Von Mertens. Bands of Care Bearlike colors overlay backgrounds of white that are perforated with all-over, stitched patterns drawn from the artist’s experiences. One, for example, represents the currents of the San Francisco Bay. The juxtaposition of Old World methods of textile production (the colors are hand-dyed) and clean, geometric — dare I say modern — designs elegantly merges the old and the new.
“Pulse2006” is visually coherent, even if its theme is difficult to nail down. The bands of color on von Mertens’ quilts harmonize with the color fields in Rachel Hayes’ installation sculpture and Chris Ashley’s “drawings” opposite the gallery. Hayes, the only local artist in the show, stitched translucent acid green and soft blue vinyl panels together to form a sort of tent — “a grown-up fort,” in the words of Baldes — which also forms a pattern on the supporting wall, cleverly fusing sculpture and painting.
While Hayes’ work merges traditional techniques, such as sewing, with modern materials, Ashley’s work is all digital, all the time. The California artist/programmer uses HTML rather than charcoal and a monitor instead of paper to create his “HTML drawings.” To view them, point your web browser to http://chrisashley.net/weblog, where Ashley exhibits a different drawing daily, made entirely of HTML code rather than, say, JPEG images. Though the drawings seem to lose their novelty in the printing process, 1708 will have a digital installation to supplement the mounted paper versions.
The show also features works by New Yorker Brad Hampton, who photographs his own paintings, alters them with Photoshop and reapplies them to the canvas, where they become abstract versions of their former selves. His fluency in modern and traditional techniques perhaps emphasizes the point of “Pulse2006” more clearly than does the exhibit’s own rambling program and catalog. Steve Karlik also gets it, simplifying his paintings to two contrasting color blocks and one wood panel, grain intact, in a lucid statement on the ability of color to create depth.
If Hampton communicates the show’s point succinctly, Lisa Fletcher Rundstrom doesn’t know when to stop. Her ephemeral installation — “Long Hot Summers, Long Cold Winters,” a scattering of translucent, colorful bags filled with water and illuminated from below — creates a virtual landscape of mundane objects transformed into something beautiful. Yet their meditative quality is dashed by a visit to the artist’s Web site (which, as a link on the curators’ blog, is also part of the show), where Rundstrom’s statement mutilates the calm profundity of her works. Apparently there’s a “power struggle” going on between the “heroic notions of the art object” and “their anti-heroic fallibility.”
Which doesn’t mean much. S
“Pulse2006” runs through May 27 at 1708 Gallery, 319 W. Broad St. Call 643-1708 or visit www.1708gallery.org. |
http://www.styleweekly.com/article.asp?idarticle=12312
RICHMOND.COM
Pulse2006, 1708 Gallery
This Emerging Artist Biennial will feature work from six national artists: Chris Ashley, Brad Hampton, Rachel Hayes, Steve Karlik, Lisa Fletcher Rundstrom and Anna Von Mertens. Opening reception on May 5 from 7 to 10 p.m. Gallery hours: Tuesday to Friday 11 a.m. to 5 p.m. Saturday 1 to 5 p.m. |
Posted by chrisashley at
09:39 AM
April 19, 2006
Joanne Mattera's Encaustic Paintings
I'd written notes in a post on 20060404 about Joanne Mattera's paintings. Here is a revised, extended rewrite of that post.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Joanne Mattera's Encaustic Paintings
Joanne Mattera's
Silk Road can be seen at
Adler & Co. in San Francisco, where I have viewed it three times. It consists of nine 12 x 12 inch panels, each a different color. The surfaces are creamy with a dull sheen, the colors are softly brilliant, and each panel holds an image made with smoothly-finished cross-woven paint set off by a line of another color peeking out around the edges of each panel. They are beautiful, for sure, but what they are doesn't end there.
That these paintings are encaustic, made with wax is a prominent and significant aspect of this work. When I think of encaustic I think of two characteristics: something that has body— is an object— but is luminescent, and a process that involves heat, speed and layers. I think of these two characteristics literally, but also historically, culturally, and psychologically.
Wax is a thick substance but is translucent— one thinks of candles— and it is crystalline and heavy but eases friction— consider wax on surfboards and skis. Wax is durable and protects what is covers or encases. We wax our cars and furniture. A candle is always and forever usable as long as the wick is good. Egyptian Fayum portraits are fresh and vibrant after 2,000 years. Wax can be used to seal jars and bottles. Leaves may feel waxy, and our ears produce wax for protection. Beeswax supports and nourishes colonies in the thousands, and when we think of wax of course we often think of bees, which convert the sugar in honey into wax which is excreted from the abdomen. Encaustic looks and feels so different than oil paint because, aside from the pigments, these two mediums are actually competely different substances. The oil in oil paint has vegetable origins (linseed, walnut, safflower), and much of what we think of as wax is paraffin, which is a petroleum product, a purified substance that results from the production of gasoline, kersosene, and lubricating oil.
Wax is milky but not clouded. It can be colored, but never quite opaque. Light goes in and comes back out as color. In the depth of wax light is held and it glows. But it isn't clear light; it's frosted, subdued, quiet. The wax is thick, and it might be in layers. In the glowing light of wax's body seeing is slowed down. We see the surface and we also see into the wax. On the surface we might see texture—brush strokes, scrapes, marks, lumps, pits, etc.— and then our sight goes beyond and below the surface. There is an actual depth that our vision goes and sees into, and our vision can stay there. We see light and color as a suspended substance, like looking into an ice cube or a crystal. The act of looking into something is an instance, like when we see our breath on a cold day, or when we look into slowly moving water. The colored wax is a body that holds the light— it is a physical colored thing into which environmental light enters and glows— and it is also paint, a flat colored medium the function of which is to depict light— for example, two different colors next to each other can have the physical and the illusory effect of space, brightness, and contrast. (Right: Joanne Mattera: Silk Road, 2005, encaustic on panel, 12 x 12 inches each)
To paint in encaustic means to engage in labor. It requires melting and mixing, and preparation is both physically hot and time consuming for the artist. However, when the encaustic is ready the actual act of painting must be conducted quickly. We see speed in the paint's application and the resulting gestures recorded in the paint. Recognizing this, we enter into a recognition of pacing in the paintings; we see evidence of different speeds. There is the knowledge of a slow preparation, there is also the actual speed of the execution, and there is the slowness of our looking into glowing color. We see how the execution is actually a frozen moment or, rather, the cold state of something done quickly, having been executed in the (pun alert) heat of the moment. This somewhat contradictory state—of contrasting slowness and speed—is something to which the qualities of encaustic seem particularly suited.
I think Mattera intimately knows encaustic as both a material to use and as a natural component of her subject. This gives her work integrity—she has the skill to make a physically refined art work, and she has found the balance between knowing how to put the material at her service conceptually and recognizing how the qualities of the materials can better help define her conceptual stance. She recognizes encaustic’s pace and light and body, and she allows the medium to be its best by using it directly and by staying out its way, but having said this I certainly don’t mean that she does this passively by simply letting colored wax do what it will do. She has to employ general construction techniques like controlling buildup and exercising finesse with surface. And of course as a painter she also has to do the usual painterly things like pay attention to scale (for example, the relationship between brushstroke and paint density to image and each panel's size), orchestrate color, and work the edges, both the edges of the panels and the edges where different areas of paint meet. I would think that for a painter using encaustic it would be tempting to try to make or let the wax do too much, to let the encaustic take over as something beautiful, dense, and physical. But what I see in Mattera's imagery is that it is reduced to a point where the material becomes an active ingredient in her work’s meaning, but the imagery is also still complex enough to be about much more than wonderful effects of encaustic; they are paintings.
Wax makes light physical, and the medium of encaustic makes light both physical and pictorial. Light is a major preoccupation throughout western painting's history. One can go backwards from Rothko to Seurat and the Impressionists to someone like Gerome to… well, what road would you like to take? Fragonard to Chardin to de La Tour and so on? Or from Goya to to Rubens to El Greco to whoever? Eventually you’ll get to Durer and Van Eyck and Holbein and Van der Weyden. Pick your own names— you can easily make your own list which leads towards hard, polished, glazed, luminous, painted surfaces of physical light, and depicted scenes of light and shadow. Light is prominent in other arts: think of hard, shiny Limoges Email peints; think of the glazes on Islamic tiles and Chinese Sancai figures; think of stained glass. And think of Dan Flavin, or Robert Irwin, or James Turrell, and the importance of the actual phenomenological experience of light and perception. Light is a major preoccupation because light is how we see, and various qualities of light have different moods, evoke different times and places, and create drama. Mattera's use of encaustic and color for light places her in this historical lineage.
Another historical connection I see is a use of color and an organization of space that not only brings to mind the intensities of Klee and Seurat, but also go back to Indian miniatures and Medieval illuminated manuscripts. Klee, of course, used the grid and playful color, and Seurat combined intense color in structured ways to create form and atmosphere. Mattera does both of these things, with the added bonus of encaustic's tendency towards atmospheric effect. Indian miniatures also often use intense color, a finely rendered surface, and brush strokes which, even at the micro level, are integral to the imagethese qualities are also found in Mattera's work. Finally, illuminated manuscripts (examples here) often use bands of intense primary color to divide areas of an image; a manuscript page will boldly present a single image, or will divide an area up into sections, each with it's own but related subject, and these images often typically have a narrative quality. I think Mattera shares these qualities, as evidenced by her own compositional impulses, and through the presence of paint that as a recorded act; looking at a painting one sees a story unfold. And in fact a painting like Uttar 135 can be seen as pages laid out in a grid on a table, each page part of a larger whole.
The stripe, the dot, the stroke, and the field are a way to make light and color a clear subject. The phenomena of our visual world can be broken down into these kinds of marks just as easily as shapes can be defined as circle, square, and triangle, and forms can be categorized as cube, cylinder, sphere, and pyramid. These basic marking components lend themselves to stacking, gridding, layering, weaving, circling, linking, netting, dripping, blotting, covering, and accumulation. A reduction of painted line, shape, and form into the basic marking components of stripe, dot, stroke, and field leaves pigmented wax to be handled broadly and naturally, allowing the encaustic to retain its properties of light and color. (Left: Uttar 267, 2004. Encaustic on panel, 36 x 36")
Mattera's paintings are covered, from edge to edge. But unlike many other painters seemingly working in similar terrain who don't seem to recognize that a painting is not a small slice of eternal space and time, Mattera knows that a painting is a unique object, a defined space and time with a specific size and limits. Her paint does not run off the edge into a suggested continuum beyond the painting's surface. She knows that the edge of a painting—where it ends and where the wall begins— is crucial terrain. How shapes and marks are arranged on a flat surface, and how they interact and how their edges meet, and what kinds of relationships those shapes have to the boundaries of the painting, are what makes a painting dynamic, contained, and holistic. How that is handled—we're talking about compostion here—is the difference between a functioning painting that is worth looking and experiencing and just another colored slab hanging on a wall. She gets it. See, for example, Ruby Road (Uttar 270); the way she strokes the paint from side to side and lets the paint drip gives each panel, and the three panels together, a completeness. Another good example is Uttar 237. And it is this completeness—achieved through paint handling and shape placement, and which makes the painting function as a self-contained body—which visually and conceptually makes the painting retain its color and light qualities as part of an essential to this unified whole.
The light and color in Joanne Mattera’s paintings is about the present and the just passing present. Seeing light and color in the material is about the absolute present moment because it’s physical, because this is an interaction with the environment and with current lighting conditions, and because we see it now, in this instance. But if her art has what some might call a contemplative dimension it’s because while the light is a real thing that draws us in, it’s the way this light is lingeringly held in the wax, and the way we look below the surface and into the depth of this light-filled wax, that our looking is slowed down just a beat to an even more present presence, a moment that is slow enough for us to see passing. If our looking stayed on the surface our attention might glance off and finish. If our looking goes beyond a surface, even if a only a fraction of an inch into a physical depth and a depicted depth, our seeing is more settled. The physical effect is slower looking. The psychological effect is awareness of self in relation to the phenomenological world, and that happens in front of the painting. Our seeing becomes the light and the color, and when this happens we live the color and forms of the paintings.
In order to be clear about what I think is the value of Mattera's encaustic work, let me say this: artists often state that one of the functions of their work is to make the viewer more aware of how they see the world, or to help the viewer see the world in a new way. Artist's say this so much that it's a laughable cliche. What happens when your art has made me see the world in a new way? Is the art disposable, with a shelf life dependent on how soon I can use it to see anew? One can easily find art that allgegedly has this goal, and usually that art fails. Frankly, I don't see this as a signifcant function of Western, painted, abstract art. I see this kind of art as having functions and experiences specific to no other media. I want a painting that is well-conceived conceptually, visually dynamic, skillfully executed, that looks and feels thought and felt and integrated. I want my visual experience in the painting, I want to see the painter's decisions, and I want all the parts to work together. I want to stay with the painting, and I'm willing to give a lot to it as long as it is giving back to me. I think Joanne Mattera's paintings add up, and I think they're worth looking at.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Additional info: Joanne Mattera: Ten Years of Encaustic Painting was published on the occasion of her solo show at Winfisky Gallery, Salem State College, Salem, Mass., March 21 – April 13, 2006. The catalogue is 8.5 x 8.5 inches, and contains 16 pages, fifteen color images, a statement by Joanne, an interview with Julie Karabenick, a selected critical overview and biography, and a short essay by Flavia Rando. Joanne will also be showing at Marcia Wood Gallery in Atlanta, April 20 - May 27, 2006.
Posted by chrisashley at
07:16 PM
April 10, 2006
Essay at Furtherfield by Rob Myers
Late last week I received an email telling me that I had been given a "Furtherfield ID Card!" I had no idea what that meant; there was little info in the email, and only one context-setting line that said, "Update your Artist ID Card." I thought it was some type of commerical pitch, like, "Register with us and start selling your art now!".
I clicked the link, and boy was I surprised: there was a page about my art with two images and an excerpt from the esssay that George Lawson wrote for me in late 2004. Neat. It turns out that "Furtherfield is an online platform for the creation, promotion, and criticism of adventurous digital/net art work for public viewing, experience and interaction," and is a "London based, non-profit organisation. We aim to develop a sustainable model for the promotion and support of networked and distributed creativity."
As I looked through the names of artists collected there I recognized several names, among them Rich White, who I met through -empyre- last June.
Later I looked at my Furtherfield page wondering if I could edit it-- partly because one of the images there is actually oil on canvas not anything more hifalutin' that that, and when I clicked on a button on the bottom of the page labeled "Review" I was taken to something completely unexpected: an short essay about my HTML work by Rob Myers, which is quite wonderful and perceptive; I am delighted to read it. The complete essay can be read at Furtherfield, but I am going to borrow it and reproduce it below so that I have a complete copy here in my archives.
Rob Myers is, among many other projects, the author of draw-something software and the maker of lots of very interesting image types. He also translated or helped translate the essay that Manik wrote about my work almost a year ago, They Are What They Are & Layers.
Two more things before the essay:
First, Rob is the first person besides myself to comment articulately about the connection between my HTML work and the work on paper that I've been saying has been there all along. Thanks very much for that, Rob.
Second, Furtherfield does the same thing most other web sites have done when reproducing my work, which is to force an HTML drawing to become a graphic file. Look at the image on the essay page- the image is a JPEG, and slightly grainy, too. It is made from a screen capture. What's extra odd in this case is that the source of that captured image, Red Hoops of 20060329, is actually made with HTML and an animated GIF in it, so it moves, wheras so much of the rest of the HTML drawings are perfectly static. Because of the site's design, of course, which is formatted to place an image at the top of the page rather than some markup that makes the browser display an image, well, my work is a round peg forced into a square hole, and changed because of that. That's par for the course; in a way, I like that my work has a right place and form of presentation, that there are places where it really can't and shouldn't go.
But no complaints, really. Read Rob's essay; this is nice.
Chris Ashley - Look, See.
Every day since 2002 Chris Ashley has created an abstract coloured drawing in hand-coded HTML tables and posted it to his weblog “Look, See”. The structured format of a weblog frames these small but often complex works perfectly.
Weblogs are an informal medium and personal weblogs often have the quality of a diary or consisting of a confessional nature. This is a deflating context for art, one that in Chris's case allows some of the aesthetic content of high and late modernism to be rehabilitated without bathos. What was once meant to be universal is made personal, not with the knowingness of Neo Geo but with a remixer's virtuosity and enthusiasm.
Weblogs are also a highly referential medium, some weblogs consist almost entirely of commentaries on news or links to other blogs. The visually referential nature of Chris's HTML drawings shares this quality. Despite being grid-based geometric abstracts they evoke the heroic universal grids of high modernism, 8-bit computer graphics, or to the colours and forms of scenes of nature or technology. This is quite apart from their titles, which often refer to concrete entities. Again the informality of the weblog's context prevents the problem of how something concrete can be expressed or represented in abstraction from becoming a problem.
These are very successful works, and paradoxically it is the limitations of their chosen medium that helps make them so. Grids, especially HTML table grids, are a restrictive format. But this formal limitation can serve to free other qualities such as colour and composition. And formal constraints have often been used as a spur to creativity, by Dada or the Oulipo for example.
Looking at the watercolour works that Chris has also posted is instructive. Like the HTML table drawings they are formal but playful exercises in colour and composition. There is a strong hint of Sol LeWitt's geometric abstracts to some of the forms, and like LeWitt Chris's work can be seen as an ironic continuation of high modernism after its death in the 1960s. Where LeWitt's ironisation was in the form, with the platonism of pure abstraction recast as rigid geometric specifications, Chris's is in the subject, with visual referentiality replacing that hermetic platonism.
Recently, Chris has added another classic web design staple to his HTML, single-pixel animated GIFs. The result is not limited animation but very succesful moving images. Duration and movement of colour become formal properties alongside hue, saturation and transparency. Falling strips of colour evoke rain, flashing panels of contrasting brightness become lightning or city lights. This is more distillation than abstraction, it is peak shift evocation of visual experience.
It is the way that Chris's HTML table drawings hold and animate their aesthetic references that give them the internal complexity required to have a critical voice. Like a political weblog they draw in, interrogate and comment on issues from a larger world, although the world of aesthetics rather than politics. And it is this that gives them their lasting value as art.
Look, See - http://www.chrisashley.net/weblog/
Earlier HTML Drawings - http://chrisashley.net/htmldrawings/
Watercolours - http://www.chrisashley.net/weblog/archives/cat_on_paper.html
Moving Images - http://www.chrisashley.net/weblog/archives/2006_03.html
Reviewer: Rob Myers |
|
Posted by chrisashley at
06:33 PM
Gainsborough's Brushstrokes
In May 2005 I saw Thomas Gainsborough's (1727–1788) The Mall in St James's Park at the Frick Collection in New York. I had never given Gainsborough much thought before, but I was so impressed by this painting, particularly by the qualities of paint and light, and how despite its depiction of a certain privileged class of the time the paint and the painted marks seem so radically gestural, expressive and material, that I wrote a few brief thoughts in Thomas Gainsboroug: How Modern? (see the painting there).
In mid January of this year I spent a Sunday afternoon at the San Francisco Legion of Honor, one of the two Fine Arts Museums of San Francisco (FAMSF), the other being the De Young, with the recently opened new building. On this afternoon I discovered a painting that has probably been hanging in the museum for decades, and one which I probably have walked by dozens of time, being somewhat immune to most portraits. Well, live and learn; always keep you eyes and mind open. Behold: Gainsborough's Mrs. Fitzherbert of 1784.
The image below is a scan; the FAMSF has an online image database that holds a fair amount of the collections, and which used to have hi-res tiling images that allowed a very close look at individual works with a fairly high degree of resolution. The database was hosted and run at UC Berkeley, probably as a research project. However, without explanation this feature suddenly disappeared from the FAMSF website sometime in Janaury, leaving only smaller, almost useless images (but a still useful text), and so my hope of a decent image to write about a bit was nixed, until Saturday, when the musuem member's magazine arrived in the mail, and there inside was a full-page image of Mrs. Fitzherbert. Apparently, I am not the only person who thinks highly of this painting. Although this scan doesn't at all approach seeing this painting for real there are a few things evident here that will give the viewer a good idea of what is going on in this painting. First, take a look:
At first glance the painting seem conventional enough. Mrs. Fitzherbert is caught in her youthful beauty- porcelain skin, good health, intelligent eyes, obviously kind and reflective, caught in a moment of thought or relaxation, full of contentment. As is typical the face gets the most finish (hence, time and the most paint), and next come the hands. After that the clothing is painted in, slightly out of focus or lacking in detail so as not to detract from our lady. Finally, the background gets filled in, appearing to not really matter so, except for the gorgeous red glow of a curtain's edge on the left which has been pulled back slightly to show a hint of landscape and sky along her arm above the elbow, just enough to connect her to the world, to light and air, to property and otherness, a slight opening that breaks the vacuum of an otherwise sealed off setting.
This is a pretty solidly constructed painting; in spite of its looseness in areas in feels like a whole. There is a real feeling of life and breath. The eye takes great satisfaction in moving around the painting, from her face down her arm to out beyond the curtain, then back inside and sliding down her sleeve for a glance across her ambiguous lap to skitter back up the switchbacks of white squiggles in her collar, climbing the rungs of her hair into the erotic darkness around the edge of her neck, and back out to her face. Or you can take that loop in reverse. In this painting you've got your compositional triangles, circles, and cylinders. Gainsborough knows what he is doing.
Painters in these times were basically contractors for hire. A good portrait painter cranked out a lot of work, making appealing likenesses by freshening people up a bit, making them look beautiful or important or powerful or simply visible in a way that these days we take for granted. Now, anyone can have their photo taken. In Gainsborough's time, with some exceptions, typically only the well-to-do were recorded. But a painter, one who is an artist who engages in process and invention, who enjoys the magic of mixing paint and coaxing the paint to make some kind of image, is going to push things a bit, to see what more they can get out of the whole act besides filthy lucre. As any worker wonders, "what's in it for me?" Apparently, what really got Gainsborough going, was brushwork. Look close at this detail below and note what he is up to; this is a big part of what caught my eye in January:
This is some wicked, loose, fast brushwork. Gainsborough loves the brush. Some of the paint here is no more glorified than fingerpainting, except the finger is a paintbrush and it's an extension of him, a master in full control making a few strokes and loops say so much.
Hanging down from the middle top, look at the four or five dark broad strokes of hair; there is umber and white and probably something like ultramarine all streakily applied with a wide, soft flat brush in just a few short, stop-and-start strokes.
Beginning in the upper right corner a white stroke, probably made with a stiffer round brush, cascades down in a few turns and disappears in the lower left, merging into a mass of pushed around strokes with barely any definition. When you see the painting for real this white stroke is brighter and meanders down in one continuous, curvy movement. It's breathtaking in its directness and simplicity and descriptiveness.
In the top left corner compare the hanging dark hair to the lighter hair on the right; it's different in color, and texture, and weight, and it's just the right thing to show by contrast that the hair on the right is closer to us than the darker hair on the left.
And finally, look at the far right about one third of the way down: suspended in the darkness of the background, and rooted in her collar but thrown out into space like a lasso, a single stroke loops around itself and ends, poised like a pipe cleaner, pointing towards the right edge. Look back at the image of the complete painting above and find that stroke-- it doesn't really quite make sense. Sure, it looks like the edge of a part of a layered collar in shadow, but it also just looks like a loopy stroke of painting hanging off in the middle of nowhere.
These strokes are a lot of the territory where a painter like Gainsborough lives. This is where he is finding amazing little ways for paint to do things that someone else may not be able to do. Most painters are trying to do something like this, whether whether with strokes, or paint qualities, or color, or kinds of surfaces. I am reminded of James Elkins' What Painting Is. I'll end with this brief excerpt below, hoping that I've gotten across the point that looking at a painting to see how it's made, to see what the artist is doing, provides essential of information about that painting, its time and place, the artist's attitude and ability, the interplay of representation and abstraction, standards or expectations and individuality, material and application, and the degree to which paint has many levels of resolution: at a viscerally visual level, as physically brushed liquified pigment; at the level of how images as representation coalesce and dissolve; and at an intellectual level, were the physical use of a material in a conceptually framed format is a problem that accomodates many different kinds of solutions.
The sensations I get from paint come from attending to different marks and the way they were made. I am using very small details in this book to to make the point that meaning does not depend on what the paintings are about: it is there at a lower level, in every inch of the canvas. Substances occupy the mind by invading it with thoughts of the artist's body at work. A brushstroke is an exquisite record of the speed and force of the hand that made it, and if I think of a hand moving across the canvas-- or better, if I just retrace it, without thinking-- I learn a great deal about what I see. Painting is scratching, scraping, waving, jabbing, pushing, and dragging. At times the hand moves as if it were writing, but in paint; and other times it moves as if the linen canvas were a linen shirt, and the paint was stain that had to be rubbed under running water. Some painting motions are like conversation, where the hands keep turning in the air to make a point. Others are slow careful gestures, like touching someone's eye to remove a fleck of dirt.
Painters feel these things as they look at pictures, and they may re-encact the motions that went into the paintings by moving their hands along in front of the canvas as if they were painting the pictures at that moment. In a musuem, it is often possible to tell an experienced painter from an historian because the painter will step up to a picture and make gestures, or trace outlines. Those movments are not always done in any deliberate way-- they are second nature, a kind of automatic response like waving to a friend (Elkins, James. What Painting Is: How to Think About Oil Painting, Using the Language of Alchemy. New York: Routledge, 1999. pp 96-97).
Posted by chrisashley at
01:04 AM
March 03, 2006
Daniel Göttin interview at Minus Space
Published at Minus Space on the occasion of Daniel Göttin's exhibit there from March 1 - May 31, 2006.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
The following conversation between Daniel Göttin and Chris Ashley was conducted via email in English between December 2005 and February 2006. For further information about Chris Ashley, please visit
www.chrisashley.net.
Introduction
It seems somehow appropriate to me that Daniel Göttin’s recent wall works—those in which lines of tape placed on a wall are used to make a large, dense web of intersecting lines—are called Networks. Over a two-month period Daniel and I talked about his art via electronic messages relayed back and forth across a complex network of thousands of miles of cable between Basel, Switzerland and Northern California. He could write to me in the evening,
and I would receive his message moments later in the morning, a kind of time travel. My job was easier than Daniel’s—we wrote to each other in my native English, rather than his native German, and I got to ask all of the questions, then sit back and wait for his reply.
As we sent questions and answers back and forth, and also exchanged pleasantries and observations, our conversation began by meandering from point to point, gradually establishing different nodes of reference. Over time an order wa srecognized, and the conversation was eventually shaped and contained within the boundaries of the interview format. In doing this we responded to a situation and found a form within it. Similarly, I recall how in our discussion Daniel described his process when making site-specific works, and it occurs to me that his work is also a conversation, but one that takes place with materials and spaces that involve time, various distant locations, perhaps negotiations with bureaucracies, and a flexible and open language.
Just as how in our interview Daniel speaks with extreme clarity and thoughtfulness, his art also possesses these qualities. But this clarity is not the result of a fixed or repetitive position or strategy. Instead, his art is iterative, responding to changing conditions and environments. Different aspects of his work, both the works made on the wall and the objects made for the wall, are inter-related and work off of and reflect on each other. There is a wholeness to what Daniel refers to as an entity—his body of work.
—Chris Ashley, February 2006
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Chris Ashley: Daniel, your work can be roughly divided into two groups: site specific work and colored or painted objects for walls. The site specific works for interior walls are typically made with paint and tape, and you make works for exterior walls, too. You also make painted objects for the wall out of aluminium or MDF, and sometimes free-standing objects. Can you talk about the difference between these two kinds of art?
Daniel Göttin: The difference between these two kinds of art is a difference of location and condition. The starting-point for a site specific work is the space with its specific qualities where the work will be installed. I use the given information (for example, plans, photos, sketches) to create a work that co-exists with the space. It is a collaboration between the given, already existing part of the site and the new part I add to the site. The idea is to combine the already existing with the new into an entity in time and space. The work only exists in and simultaneously with the space, and both become active parts of the art work having equal rights. It is not possible to move one of them to another place—its existence is unique. The works made of aluminium, MDF and other materials are works I produce either in the studio or I let them (or parts of them) be produced in a factory. In many cases it is again collaboration, this time with the factory worker. This changes the conditions. I don't need a site but the studio to make the work, and the number and sizes of the works are limited. The works made in the studio don't depend on a specific site, but on the conditions of technical possibilities of production. They are movable, and they can be shown in different places. Since I am switching between the two kinds of art mentioned, they are still parts of a broader entity.
CA: How would you define this broader entity, which I assume is your overall concern (or concerns) as an artist under which all your work falls?
DG: The broader entity is the view of the world in general. Art is one aspect besides many others. It is about art and life. It is not so much about art itself as one entity and life as another entity, seen besides each other. It is, rather, a permanent mutual influence. Art can be a way of living, and life can be artistic. Art is not necessarily only painting (like most people think), or sculpture, or something else in the field of art. To me it can be anything I see or define as art. It is a free field without boundaries. It is about the conciousness of how someone perceives something: the world; the far; the near; the broad; the detail.
Usually art happens in the context of a gallery, a museum, or in places pre-defined for art. In these places the work shown is defined as art because of the context. It can also be challenging making art in a place which is not defined for art. Then art plays on the same level as anything else; it connects with life.
CA: Besides showing in Europe you have also shown quite a bit in Japan and Australia. How have those opportunities come about?
DG: These opportunities came about through the universal language of art as I understand it. Also, as a two-way system communicating between two equal parts, the existing and the new, the known and the unknown, the seen and the not seen.
CA: Do you find that working in different locations—different cities and counries—greatly affects the work that you produce there? Of course, you find various materials in different places, so there is that affect, but I wonder if there are other influences that are specific to the location in which you’re working, for example, language, light, geography, pace of life, etc. How do these affect a work that you produce on-site?
DG: Installing and producing in different locations certainly has an affect on my work. Sometimes I consciously include aspects of the local situation into my work, and sometimes I only realize the influence later. Thinking and working is about connecting and relating to the site where a work is made or installed. Being aware of the location or the site is part of the concept.
For example, in Australia the light is so incredibly intense that it changes the color range of some of my works. In Marfa, the presence of Donald Judd’s work and some of his artist friends’ work is so strong, and so sensitively, precisely and carefully installed in the context of the natural environment and everyday life, that it sharpens the perception and the conciousness of how to work with material, proportion and space. In Japan, the visual and architectural language had some effect on a concept for a tape work I executed there. The work turned out to be a European-Japanese combination. My artist residency in New York last year was different again. On the one hand, there was living and working on the edge of Soho and Chinatown, between East and West, in this fast, big business, art metropolis. On the other hand, the experience of all the waste, and all the low budget projects, made me work in a more improvised way, with leftover cardboard, for example, and even taking up photography.
Since one location is remote and quiet, and the other is busy, fast and loud, different locations have different effects on my work. A beautiful landscape, a vast night sky, the incredible ocean, friendly people, interesting discussions, great art, cultural offerings, a good restaurant, a nice bar, a fun time— everything is part of the experience. All of these specific qualities in different conditions and in each location is a challenge for new work. I adapt my concepts and myself to the new situation. My cultural background connects with the background of the new location. This is what makes a site specific art work possible.
CA: In an interview around the time of your Chinati residency you said, “I use normal materials. They’re not expensive.” You also said, “I don’t do things that anyone else couldn’t do; but I DO them.” If these words
were taken out of context it might make your work sound somewhat ordinary or simplistic, which it isn’t. An important distinction between doing and not doing something creative or meaningful is actually “doing” it—taking action How did you arrive at using the materials you use, and how do you go about making a site specific work? You have referred to making “interventions“, and I would assume that time—or, perhaps, the time given to make a work— is a factor in how a work comes about.
DG: The Chinati residency was a good opportunity to use everyday material, since there was no other (art) material to get at that time in remote Marfa. I made a site-specific work from material I could find in town, again working with the given conditions. I got white cardboard boxes (with no printing on them) from the post office down the road, and some clear adhesive tape from a small supermarket called Wynn’s at that time. Since the Southern Pacific Railroad impressively divided the small town in front of my studio every day, it made sense to me to include rocks from beside the railroad tracks for the work. All these materials were within a mile’s distance—I just brought them back for a temporary artwork. Normal, everyday material means material that is only valid in its usual context. And doing means to materialize an idea, to make it exist in the real world. An artist residency gives me the chance to spend some time in a foreign place. It is interesting and challenging to visit a new place and find out what I can do without having a plan. Everything is new: the people I meet; the location; the way of living and the way of making art. I use the time I spend in a new place for creating a work that is related to the whole situation and its conditions. This is the source, a point-zero combined with my previous experience. The conditions can have a strong influence on the work, as well as on life. This leads to a way of working that enables me to make art work in any situation. I would like to make art works of any size, of any material, in any place. Conditions can be, for example, time, location, space, materials, language, impressions, and money.
CA: What are the criteria by which you can determine that a temporary, site-specific work produced under these conditions (newness, foreignness, time limits) is successful? Can you give an example of a wall work that you thought was particularly successful, and explain why it was successful?
DG: One temporary work I made in 1994 in Switzerland was an allover tape work in a big factory, at that time used as a cultural center with guest studios. It was a beautiful space, but the view had been blocked by many movable walls, and a lot of things were lying around for a long time. I decided to take out all the walls to empty the space and to clean the floor. Then I mounted horizontal bands of black adhesive tape onto three outer walls, and also horizontal bands of clear tape around three sides of the freestanding inner coloumns. The whole space only changed a bit, but it was the first time visitors could see the space itself in a new way, only slightly changed.
Another work I made was in 1998 at the newly opened Kunsthaus Baselland. It was the very first exhibition there, and I had the chance to use the whole basement space to make one big installation. The idea was to introduce the space itself to the visitors. I made a concept for all the walls and the floor using black adhesive tape in different widths, clear tape, and green artificial carpet.
A third exhibiton I made in 2001 was at the Haus für Konstruktive und Konkrete Kunst in Zürich (now called Haus Konstruktiv, in a new place). This place is the heart of the first, second and contemporary generation of Schweizer Konstruktivismus and Konkrete Kunst—Max Bill, Richard Paul Lohse, Verena Loewensberg, Fritz Glarner, Camille Graeser, Hansjörg Glattfelder, Beat Zoderer, and others. I decided to paint the walls of four spaces in four different colours, and put an allover network of black adhesive tape entirely across each of the walls. The first space was painted green, and I placed a Le Corbusier sofa from the office of the museum onto a blue artificial carpet. A small radio stood in the corner playing a daily program. The second space was painted yellow and was left empty. The third space was painted orange with the model of the new museum standing on a blue carpet as well. The last space was painted pink, and visitors had the possibility to see images of the renovation of the new museum on a computer, which was also standing on a blue carpet.
These three examples are installation works dealing with a real situation, time factors, and artistic and non-artistic conditions. If I can say each was successful, it was maybe because of the treatment of the whole situation, and an unusual use of usual industrial materials in a subtle way.
CA: There are of course precedents for site-specific wall works. Probably the two most important contemporary figures noted for their wall installations beginning in around 1968 are Blinky Palermo and Sol Lewitt; each is noted for his handling of space and his process for working, and the resulting work cannot easily be called painting, sculpture, architecture, or even decoration. In 1979 an exhibition at the Museum of Contemporary Art in Chicago called "Wall Painting” included Robert Ryman, Marcia Hafif, Lucio Pozzi, Richard Jackson, and Robert Yasuda; this exhibition seems apart from your approach since it primarily focused on moving painting from the canvas to the wall. Currently, David Tremlett makes large wall drawings using imagery and color inspired by his travels. Jan van der Ploeg, your contemporary, makes wall paintings that have a conceptual basis and which, I think, seem to flirt with a Pop-influenced, neo-Modernist decoration. Even earlier are the examples of Schwitters and El Lissitzky’s “Prounen Raum.” And of course, there is also the long history of frescos and murals. How do you see your work in this history? What are some of the concerns that you share with these artists, and what do you see as unique to your work?
DG: The concern that I share with many of these artists is the fact that the wall is not only a wall to which the work is applied; it is an active part and support of the work at the same time. Many wall works stay in line with being a painting on the wall not linked to the site. The wall remains the background for the painting with its motiv coming from somewhere else. Architectural-spatial specialties and details are more hidden or covered rather than consciously included. I see the unique part of my work in the presence of the existing wall including details (doors, switches, plugs, tubes, and other irritations) and the motiv at the same time. It is what I would call concrete. The way of reading the work is reading one thing. The existing wall makes the work visible, the work makes the existing wall visible, and seeing both simultaneously makes the artwork visible. One of the concepts I am using since 2000 is a myriad of adhesive tape lines I attach directly to a wall or floor, one line after the other. It's the idea of doing something the same or similar, step by step, again and again. The making itself can be monotonous, repetitive, meditative, interesting, boring, like an everyday job. It's again doing instead of not doing, and after a while one sees something appearing while the labour itself disappears. The work becomes independent and self-evident, normal as a table, a door, a real thing. The difference between high and low is gone.
CA: The image made with tape in these wall works isn’t planned ahead, but you make it on-site in response to the wall as you encounter it.
DG: The recent wall works (Networks, since 2000) made with adhesive tape are based on a flexible concept. There are a few things I plan ahead concerning the site. The image is roughly planned as a starting-point. With the execution of the work I get additional information from the site, which sometimes requires a change or an adaption. I start working somewhere by mounting the tape directly to the wall. Then a door, a window, a pipeline, a staircase and so forth blocks the flow of the work, and it forces me to respond. This influence can change the rhythm and direction of the work. Therefore the work links with the site directly. This work will be different from the last one or the next one. The continuity is in the similarity and in the difference of both the works and the sites.
CA: Some of your wall works cover a complete wall from side to side and floor to ceiling, and others are framed on the wall, separate from the edges. My initial feeling about this is that a covered wall becomes an enveloping environment, whereas one that does not extend to the edges of a wall is framed somewhat like a picture on a wall. How do you see these differences?
DG: Yes, it's different. The allover work uses the whole size and architecture of a wall or a space. A framed work is usually built in relation to the proportions of the site, too, but the focus and the visual reading is different. The framed work focuses the view inside the frame, where the wall is part of the work, and outside the frame is the support. The allover work spreads in all directions; there is no focus, and the wall is a part of the work and the support at the same time. In some installations I combine both systems—convergent and divergent views.
CA: Do you use a wall as you find it, or do you prepare the wall? Do you change the color or surface texture?
DG: The quality of a wall or floor is part of the conditions I mentioned above. I try to accept a space as it is at first sight. The quality of a wall is a given; there is no reason to change it. A dirty wall with spots, holes or scratches is site-specific; I like to include these tracks. I make the experience so that the mounted (especially black) adhesive tape freshens up the wall as a whole spatial situation; visitors many times think that the wall has been pre-painted. It is not the idea of a pure art work I make; it's more a kind of collaboration between the existing and the new. Ilya Kabakov talks about the total installation, which in my mind is a special case, since the work denies the existing space many times (dark spaces), as do some of James Turrell's installation works, in a similar way. It takes the viewer away from the real space he is in. That is what I try not to do.
CA: One of the difficult things I would think your wall works force you to confront is the delicate balance between art and decoration, especially when a wall work is in a more public space as opposed to a space that is recognizable as a context for art. I’m reminded of this by the Christine Mehring paper “Decoration and Abstraction in Blinky Palermo’s Wall Paintings” (Grey Room 18, Winter 2004). What are your thoughts about art versus decoration? Do you care about this? Are there things that you do in the work to steer the viewer towards one way of seeing or the other?
DG: My concern is to build a concrete visual identification for a site, created by an art work linked to the site to evoke a situation in reality that can make sense there. The aspects of the site influence the concept I develop. I am interested in a work that makes the site visible through the art work, and the site makes the art work visible at the same time. It is about the consciousness of perceiving something. It is a communication, a give and take between equal parts creating a new, balanced entity. It is a two-way system, different from a one-way system or a non-linked idea projected onto a so-called neutral ground, which I would understand as decoration.
CA: You seem to use images in the wall works and the objects that have aspects in common. You have recently used what you call a “diamond” shape in both the wall works and the objects; it’s a four-sided shape, and sometimes it looks like a square in perspective. Also, the objects that you have made that look like skewed crosses seem like details from the wall works where two taped lines cross at an angle. Is this a relevant observation? Is this a common practice for you?
DG: Yes, some details of a work can develop into an independent new work sometimes. Since I like to work with basic and simple geometric forms the field is limited. The limitation enables me to use a language with similar forms, patterns or grids in different ways. Many times it is playing and reflecting between the same, the similar, and the different, making distinctions visible. I usually work simultaneously on different projects. The public works or commissioned works have specific demands. Other works I make without a specific connection to a site, but connected between different types of my works. It is working in a two-way system, which is reflected in work made in new ways or from a new point of view. A prolific communication takes place between my various works. It shows several aspects, and results in my art work as an allover entity.
CA: You don’t call the objects you make paintings, right? When you make these objects do you have more options than the industrial materials you use for the wall installations? In particular, I wonder if you have more choices in terms of color, support, and surface than you do for the wall works.
DG: Since my background is closer to three dimensional work — sculpture and architecture — than painting, I would rather call the works objects, though some of them are very close to painting, or even are paintings. Many of the works are built or constructed; they have a
third dimension, and they have color or colored parts. Some works are based on the distinction between the color of the support and the applied color, which is related to the example mentioned above about the wall and the applied tape for an installation. I don't work with a specific color system, though I use color very often. I usually apply color flat on the surface. The use of material, and the way a work is constructed, shaped and joined together is very interesting, and color is a factor I use very spontaneously. Of course, there are many choices in using color for objects and paintings, and prefabricated, standardized industrial material is very limited in color and in size. Working within these limitations and materials is challenging; it is connected to the everyday working world. The ordinary materials and the way of making a work of art connects it to everyday working processes and techniques.
CA: Do you ever combine an object with a wall work?
DG: Sometimes I combine them. In some cases working on a concept leads towards a combination. Some exhibitions or sites ask for a combination of two and three dimensional work. The tape is flat and rather two dimensional, and many objects are three dimensional. An object mounted on the wall calls for a focused, detailed view, and an allover tape work calls for a distant and broad view. It’s again a two-way system that simultaneously shows distinctions between an object with its own quality in any place, and the tape that only exists on a specific site. Both are equal parts to be perceived together with the wall or site. Using many different entities simultaneously can be an aim in the future. I could imagine combining different or even contary movements in art (and life)—a combination of, for example, Schwitters and Judd, is not really a contradiction to me. Of course there would be many other interesting possibilities.
CA: I am interested in the viewer’s experience of your work. The wall works make an environment around the viewer, and so there is an element of time and movement in looking. The objects are more static, more like icons that have a one-to-one physical relationship with the viewer, which is a way of looking that is not so much about movement or time, and more about stillness. Considering the images in both the wall works and the objects, they can be split very roughly into two groups: imaes that appear to be solid objects, and those that are linear objects. Viewing each of these is a very different experience. To put it very simply, as a kind of concrete example, a “Diamond” work on aluminum from 2004 is like a landscape, whereas one of the shaped crosses made of MDF from 2002 is a kind of figure. Images in the wall works can also prompt these associations, which are part of how the viewer might begin to physically and metaphorically respond to your work. What kind of visual, physical, and metaphorical responses are you hoping to invoke with your work?
DG: My focus is not so much on the responses my work can invoke. I understand the response as a result of what I do. I would like to create a free field of associations that can lead to the viewer’s own conclusions. Something is there without an explanation. The art work doesn’t need a reason to be—it simply exists, like anything else in the world. It is a realized possibility besides many other possibilities. The art work is not a solution for something else; it is something to reflect on, and it is an independent companion. The viewer experiences the art work immediately in real time and space. I do not intend to make art that creates secrets or longings. My concerns are existence, position, orientation, material, construction, proportion, distinction, repetition, contemplation, and stillness. I like the idea of an artwork that makes sense without a reason.
The viewer’s response begins with an exhibition. That’s the moment when the artist’s work is finished and valid. There is no way back, and no change possible. The responsibility and the risk for the work is on the artist’s side. The viewer’s response is the part coming from the outside. As mentioned before, all elements seem to be based on a two-way system. It’s a dualism.
The use of the terms 'landscape' and 'figure’ are not very important to me. I try not to serve this kind of looking at art. To me it is a pre-determined way of thinking that is unimportant for my work, since my work is spatially oriented and not representational. The terms “reductive” and “abstract” I understand in a similar way, as a derivation from something else that has been either more or bigger. I prefer the terms 'object' and 'concrete,' which I think are the closest to what my work is.
I don’t work towards a specific aim. I am working permanently on different projects, and they all begin anywhere in the middle of nowhere; they are not yet defined. I understand my part of the work in developing a concept and realizing the work, and the other part of the work would be the viewer’s view, experience and response. I understand art as a provision for life, like food and sleep.  Art speaks to the senses; it offers a wide range of contemplation the viewer can reflect on, and it can enhance his or her consciousness of things in life.
Since visual art is basically a individual enterprise it mainly shows a single point of view towards the world. My work is one position realized. It is up to the viewer to get an impression of the work. I don’t think that art necessarily has to be understood by explanation. It is one of the free fields which is allowed to be left open. People can take the visual experience of an art work without possessing it. Art should not only be shown in a context of art, it should also happen in everyday places. This is one reason why I like to work in a flexible way . There is a difference between art lovers going to the galleries and museums, and art going to meet people. It is a universal language for everyone. My work is based on simple elements like a line, a field, a geometric form existing in the world already. I use them by putting them into a new spatial context.
It is my intension to make artwork in a concrete sense. To me concrete means a work existing on its own, like any other thing in the world.
CA: Something that allows art to remain an open field, as you call it, is that it doesn’t necessarily have a practical function — it’s not useful or utilitarian in the sense that we think of when those words are applied to everyday objects. As I understand it, the classic defintion of Konkrete Kunst, beginning with Van Doesburg and continuing through Max Bill and Richard Paul Lohse, doesn’t concern itself with abstraction, and certainly possesses no symbolic meaning, but is more or less concerned with an idea expressed visually through geometry. Is that where you begin?
DG: Partly yes, but for me that’s only half the story. Art history sometimes pretends that a particular art movement is a complete entity. Using the term “concrete” doesn’t necessarily coincide with the ideologic background of Konkrete Kunst, which was also based on ideas about society and politics. My concern is about an entity that can also include contradictions—a yes and a no, and even a maybe. My starting point is a synthesis of different views or
positions at the same time, which to me is a spatial view. It can be obvious or subtle, symmetric or asymmetric or both together, with or without contradiction. It can be rule and deviation together. Some of the earlier works I made were collages related to Kurt Schwitters’ work (Merz), any found material roughly glued onto a piece of cardboard— physical, direct, improvised, accidental, colourful, even Dadaistic. Later, I became interested in Minimal Art, where the artwork is often precisely planned, and perfectly and clearly constructed with a defined use of materials and attention to details. Both movements are important to me, and sometimes I see my work carrying parts of both, corresponding inbetween those two art historical position.
CA: Regarding the function of art, which relates to content and meaning, as I see it art objects do have functions, whether it is for description or depiction, or for contemplation, beauty, or pleasure, or a demonstration or articulation of a critical or philosophical ideal or model, and so on. Typically, this is a visual experience, though not exclusively. Any of these functions are part of what make an art work “a work existing on its own.” Is this part of what you mean by a concrete work, or are you more specifically referring to physical and contextual characteristics?
DG: The art work as “a work existing on its own” emphasizes mainly its own physical existence. The functions you mention above are rather functions or directions for the visual experience and the use of the viewer, not necessarily functions of the art works. Of course, the way a work is built and installed in a context can evoke different visual experiences. The work is there because there is first a floor or a wall, a spatial situation that provides a position. The physical work doesn’t exist in a non-space, it needs surroundings to exist. Maybe thoughts, dreams, or an idea can exist in a non-physical space, but doesn’t it still appear in a spatial situation?
I like a work that exists on its own together with its spatial position. This doesn’t say anything about the content of the work itself, because the whole situation is the content. Since everybody lives in a spatial situation, the viewer can experience this freely. Visual (and physical) perception is existential and important in everybody’s life. My concern in art is about visual experience and perception in general: a focused view combined with a broad view; a view from above combined with a view from below or from behind; a view from the inside and from the outside; and a view from all different positions. I try to bring them together again equally.
Posted by chrisashley at
09:39 AM
February 28, 2006
Rewrite: In the San Francisco Galleries 1-8 (after Donald Judd)
In early February I began quoting short reviews that Donald Judd wrote for Arts Magazine in the late 50's and early 60's that were eventually compiled (February 13, 2006) with some explanation of context and my attraction to the writing. Certainly, Judd's writing could be terse and his judgments harsh, but what I found attractive was his dense use of form and language and his willingness to say what he thinks. I thought it was a useful example; the New Yorker magazine does something similar each issue: paragraph-sized reviews say a fair amount in few words, the difference being from Judd's that the judgments aren't typically as severe, and instead are a little less decisive and more open-ended. Many of the essays I have written in the past year have been well over one thousand words, many approaching two thousand or more. I wondered if I could effectively write in a shorter form, and write about more exhibits.
On February 18 I made the rounds of the downtown San Francisco galleries. Quite often, this is an experience that leaves me feeling dissatisfied because it seems to me much of the art misses its mark. At the same time, I think I usually have a pretty decent ability to look into work and see what mark it is supposed to hit, to see what someone is honestly trying to get at. I assume that, for the most part, just about every artist has some honest intention, even if the artist can't articulate it, or the intention is barely apparent, and even if the art doesn't work- otherwise, why bother? So I thought, "Why not write about that?"
With Judd in mind I walked the SF galleries, and as I looked I began to wonder what would happen if I removed any filters I have, or as much as I could, and simply said what comes to mind about the art, and also about the places where it's shown, the milieu. Isn't that as much a part of the art? Contemporary art is a minefield of judgments and nuance, earnestness and sleight of hand, attempts to fly and splat landings. Is the artist sincere or ironic? Does skill matter or doesn't it? Does a body of work in a show have to look like a product line or not? What is the place of craft and care these days? What is the appeal of photography? Does drawing matter? Are certain forms of art dead and gone? What are my biases considering my generation, my education, my background, my art, my day job, the number of hours I have in a week? What exactly is the thickness and vulnerability of the membrane between what I think art's purpose is and it's place in the commercial world? What are the contradictions regarding art's purpose in a commercial setting? What comes first, form or theory? Why are there so many artists? Why is there so much photography and drawing that looks to me like illustration? What is the effect of an attractive gallery's interior over one less attractive? How does the friendliness of staff or the gallerist affect judgment? If I'm hoping to show at a gallery will I pull my punches? Don't I really just want to be friends?
I wondered: what if I consciously remove the filter that can make for manners, and kindness, and wanting to say something nice, and just let myself write, let myself say whatever came to mind? What if I shot from the hip, went with my gut, wrote from impulsive first impressions and memory? What could I have to say after seeing over twenty shows within three and a half hours or so? What if I wrote about what I saw with no chance to go back and look again, or perhaps even to look that closely to begin with? What if I deliberately avoided being easily positive, or a cheerleader, or failed to see the effort in someone's work? What if I just didn't care if people judged me for the way I thought of the art I saw?
It is curious to me that, for the most part, this review format led me to some quite negative writing, sometimes hard and dismissive, other times flip and dishy. I'm not entirely sure what to make of this. Certainly, it has something to do with the art I viewed, but I think it goes deeper than that. I think it has to do with a general unhappiness with what I see in commercial galleries. Perhaps it has to do with an unhappiness with the whole enterprise. Perhaps it has to do with an unhappiness with myself (even though I swore off writing about myself personally in a weblog many years or so ago). Maybe I just felt like reveling in a little dirt.
Or maybe, it's all just a little arbitrary. Maybe it's simply too easy to go one way or another. Does it really matter? What if, if you can't say something nice, don't say anything at all? What if I rewrote my reviews and gave them a little nicer spin? There's a good way to blow one's credibility, if it isn't already gone after all this curmudgeonliness.
Below are the reviews, before and after. On the left is the original review I wrote, and on the write is a cleaned-up, nicer review.
| Before | After |
Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Brian Rutenberg: Abstraction as landscape the old-fashioned way, with brush and gesture; Rutenberg seems to have no interest in hiding that connection. In some paintings with darker environments the brighter strokes— the subjects—don't integrate well, and a clearer, stronger relationship of painted stroke to the canvas' edge would give these paintings a stronger identity and greater integrity. ( Toomey Tourell, Feb. 1 - 28) Visited February 18, 2006 | | Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Brian Rutenberg: Abstraction as landscape the old-fashioned way, with brush and gesture; Rutenberg lets that reference come through loud and clear. In many paintings a darker background makes the brighter strokes— the subjects—more pronounced and foregrounded. Rutenberg is working on defining a clearer, stronger relationship of the painted stroke to the canvas' edge, which will give these paintings a stronger identity and greater integrity. ( Toomey Tourell, Feb. 1 - 28) Visited February 18, 2006 | |
Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Kansuke Yamamoto: Vintage Photographs 1935-1955 & Nobuyoshi Araki, Masahisa Fukase, Eikoh Hosoe, Daido Moriyama, Issei Suda, Shomei Tomatsu: Japanese Photography 1960-1970: The title says it all: lots of B&W photographs by Japanese photographers. You can see them all on-line here and there. ( Stephen Wirtz, Feb. 15 - Mar. 18) Visited February 18, 2006 | | Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Kansuke Yamamoto: Vintage Photographs 1935-1955 & Nobuyoshi Araki, Masahisa Fukase, Eikoh Hosoe, Daido Moriyama, Issei Suda, Shomei Tomatsu: Japanese Photography 1960-1970: Two exhibits, side by side, of important Japanese photographers. Many of the pictures--black and white, gritty, urban--have the feel of alienation from post-War development that borders on surrealism. ( Stephen Wirtz, Feb. 15 - Mar. 18) Visited February 18, 2006 | |
Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Tom Bills: Simple linear patterns cut into thick steel plate mounted on the wall; think Agnes Martin image on Richard Serra material at Richard Tuttle scale. I like them; they're direct, physical, present, and pleasing, and just a little bit puzzling: how were they cut; how long did each take to make; how much do they weigh; and how do they hang on the wall? ( Don Soker, Feb. 1 - Mar. 18) Visited February 18, 2006 | | Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Tom Bills: Simple linear patterns cut into thick steel plate mounted on the wall; think Agnes Martin image on Richard Serra material at Richard Tuttle scale. I like them; they're direct, physical, present, and pleasing, and just a little bit puzzling: how were they cut; how long did each take to make; how much do they weigh; and how do they hang on the wall? ( Don Soker, Feb. 1 - Mar. 18) Visited February 18, 2006 | |
Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Gallery Artists: Paintings, mostly landscapes and expressionistic abstraction ("expressionistic" as in a kind of modern art cliché). However, Gary Komarin's open color fields hosting quirky, chunky, figure-like, almost cartoonish shapes are engaging, and innocently trump Ricardo Mazal's more serious, muscular, broad, planar swipes of oil. ( Elins Eagles-Smith, Feb. ? - Mar. ?) Visited February 18, 2006 | | Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Gallery Artists: Paintings, mostly landscapes and expressionistic abstraction. Gary Komarin's engaging, open color fields host quirky, chunky, figure-like, almost cartoonish shapes which are innocently earnest. Ricardo Mazal's shows more serious, muscular, broad, planar swipes of oil. ( Elins Eagles-Smith, Feb. ? - Mar. ?) Visited February 18, 2006 | |
Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Markus Linnenbrink: In his third show at Sweetow Linnenbrink's work is still bright and shiny and full of processes like pouring beads of brilliant color down the face of a canvas to make a uniform field of thin stripes that drip off the bottom of the stretcher like stalactites or icicles, or making paintings on thick plywood with perfect hollow hemispheres that pockmark the surface showing the multiple layers of color built up in several successive pours. This work is labor intensive, and one can easily imagine a busy factory producing these things. When first shown they were beautiful and curious, and at the second showing the beauty was joined by stamina and commitment. But with this third show, further informed by a show of the same kind of work at Thatcher Projects in NYC in May 2005, it's time to take the bold Capitalist step to sell Linnenbrink Painting Kits® to hobbyists—perfect weekend projects to make something beautiful for the wall; QVC awaits. ( Patrica Sweetow, Feb. 16 - Mar. 25) Visited February 18, 2006 | | Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Markus Linnenbrink: In his third show at Sweetow Linnenbrink's work continues the use of glossy, brilliant color and processes like pouring beads of paint down the face of a canvas to make a uniform field of thin stripes that drip off the bottom of the stretcher like stalactites or icicles, or making paintings on thick plywood with perfect hollow hemispheres that pockmark the surface showing the multiple layers of color built up in several successive pours. This work is labor intensive, and carefully controlled, but also lush and Pop-like. When first shown they were beautiful and curious; their second showing evidenced stamina and commitment. This third show, further informed by a exhibit of the same kind of work at Thatcher Projects in NYC in May 2005, continues Linnenbrink's project of giving painting a productive new life. ( Patrica Sweetow, Feb. 16 - Mar. 25) Visited February 18, 2006 | |
Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Jonathan Burstein: Three huge collages of figures (self-portraits?) made from cut magazine pages; a stack of art magazines stands nearby, but the pages are used mostly for color and texture, not for content. Each figure hold scissors, a too-obvious self-reference to the work's making. The long, thin anatomy and collaged edges made me think of Egon Schiele's line, and also his narcissism. A clever graphic eye, excellent craft, terrific sense of scale, and witty panache are the works' strong suit; unfortunately, it isn't Art. ( Patricia Sweetow, Feb. 16 - Mar. 25) Visited February 18, 2006 | | Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Jonathan Burstein: Three huge collages of figures (self-portraits?) made from cut magazine pages; a stack of art magazines stands nearby, but the pages are used mostly for color and texture, not for content. Each figure hold scissors, a reference to the work's making. The long, thin anatomy and collaged edges made me think of Egon Schiele's line. Burnstein has a clever graphic eye, and his excellent craft and witty panache are the works' strong suit. ( Patricia Sweetow, Feb. 16 - Mar. 25) Visited February 18, 2006 | |
Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Book: A huge show of artist's books demonstrates the incredible variety of approaches to this medium and includes several standouts. Susan Marie Dopp's fifty two small Every Day Books, one made each week over a year, each of seven drawings, one made each day, contain jewel-like minimalist and patterned abstractions; collected together, they demonstrate the value of steady, daily work. Crystal Liu's " here Is Something in the Water is a beautifully-bound handmade book of drawings with connections to Chinese landscapes wrought with a fine touch, restrained color, and unique imagery. Plus, a whole case of Ed Rusha books that are now worth a hundred times the original purchase price; nice to see these in one place. Bonus: a Russel Crotty globe drawing hanging in the backroom. A nod of thanks to the very friendly attendant that day who gladly wielded the white gloves to turn pages. ( Hosfeltl, Jan. 28 - Feb. 25) Visited February 18, 2006 | | Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Book: A huge show of artist's books demonstrates the incredible variety of approaches to this medium and includes several standouts. Susan Marie Dopp's fifty two small Every Day Books, one made each week over a year, each of seven drawings, one made each day, contain jewel-like minimalist and patterned abstractions; collected together, they demonstrate the value of steady, daily work. Crystal Liu's " here Is Something in the Water is a beautifully-bound handmade book of drawings with connections to Chinese landscapes wrought with a fine touch, restrained color, and unique imagery. Plus, a whole case of Ed Rusha books that are now worth a hundred times the original purchase price; nice to see these in one place. Bonus: a Russel Crotty globe drawing hanging in the backroom. ( Hosfeltl, Jan. 28 - Feb. 25) Visited February 18, 2006 | |
Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Aaron Petersen: Paintings that look way too much like Darren Waterston's but without the ultra-finesse; that's a good thing, but not good enough. Most of us have been there, just not in public. ( Braunstein/Quay, Feb. 15 - Mar. 18) Visited February 18, 2006 | | Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Aaron Petersen: Paintings with layers and drips and swooshes that invent new worlds, or new ways at looking at our current world. Bravura paint handling and a sense of mystery make Petersen a newcomer to watch. ( Braunstein/Quay, Feb. 15 - Mar. 18) Visited February 18, 2006 | |
Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Katy Grannan: Large color photographs of apparently lonely or alienated subjects found through the artist's well-known newspaper ad recruitment process posed in various states of undress in dingy rooms with cheap wood paneling or outdoors, several near or in water. The work deals with the implications of power and voyerurism regarding the artist and the viewer, and the implications of collaboration, exhibitionism, and self--empowerment regarding the subject in ways just barely beyond banal. Thanks goodness for wonderful new printing technology, but ultimately would've made a great LIFE magazine spread in 1969. ( Fraenkel, Jan. 5 - Feb. 25) Visited February 18, 2006 | | Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Katy Grannan: Large color photographs of apparently lonely or alienated subjects found through the artist's well-known newspaper ad recruitment process posed in various states of undress in dingy rooms with cheap wood paneling or outdoors, several near or in water. The work deals with the implications of power and voyeurism regarding the artist and the viewer, and the implications of collaboration, exhibitionism, and self-empowerment regarding the subject. ( Fraenkel, Jan. 5 - Feb. 25) Visited February 18, 2006 | |
Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Rob Craigie: This show is called Wonder; it predominately comprises paintings of butterflies on paper made in a manner well-known to pre-school children everywhere: fold a piece of paper down the middle, open it and paint a half of a butterfly on one side, then fold again and press the two sides together, and unfold for a finished butterfly. Ah, beautiful butterflies, and what variety! I did not watch the 58-minute video in the back room; would you? ( Haines Feb. 16 - Mar. 25) Visited February 18, 2006 | | Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Rob Craigie: This show is called Wonder; it predominately comprises paintings of butterflies on paper made in a manner well-known to pre-school children everywhere: fold a piece of paper down the middle, open it and paint a half of a butterfly on one side, then fold again and press the two sides together, and unfold for a finished butterfly. The gallery walls are covered with scores of beautiful butterflies, which seem to be evidence of Craigie's investigation into the marks and variety found in of various insects of the order Lepidoptera,. The 58-minute video demands viewer endurance. ( Haines Feb. 16 - Mar. 25) Visited February 18, 2006 | |
Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Josh Dov: Very competent, sensitive, dense, beautiful grids built up with dry horizontal and vertical brushstrokes and muted colors on unprimed canvas, though a solution other than simply running strokes to and off the edge would make them look less like stretched Tartan fabric. No one in Northern California knows who Helmut Federle is except for the few who do and who probably think they are alone, so these paintings' derivation are quite safe until one looks at a Helmut Federle. Gotcha. The few works on paper are like a cleaned-up late-seventies Brice Marden, so unfortunately the cats out of the bag there. Bummer, and double bummer on the very unfriendly gallerist (minus one point); still nice work. ( Brian Gross, Feb. 2 March 18) Visited February 18, 2006 | | Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Josh Dov: Very competent, sensitive, dense, beautiful grids built up with dry horizontal and vertical brushstrokes and muted colors on unprimed canvas, though a solution other than simply running strokes to and off the edge would make them look less like stretched Tartan fabric. One might think of recent Helmut Federle acrylic on raw canvas paintings, and the works on paper might remind one of Brice Marden. Dov is on his way towards finding his own voice. ( Brian Gross, Feb. 2 March 18) Visited February 18, 2006 | |
Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the San Francisco Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Variegated Radiant Dream Plot: Chris Duncan and Jovi Schnell are from the Bay Area (one penalty point), and David Dupuis is from New York (one bonus points). Besides, Dupuis' drawings have surprising graphic variety and complexity. Duncan's string installation is insipid; maybe that is his intention, otherwise it would make a great Deadhead Maypole. Some of Jovi Schnell's colorful drawings combine a German folk esthetic with the structure of an elaborate Mexican ceramic or Mayan Flint scepter and a Huichol palette. Possible penalty point: sometimes this gallerist appears a touch grouchy. ( Gregory Lind- Jan 25 Feb 25) Visited February 18, 2006 | | |
Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Glen Baxter: Large, captioned cartoon-like drawings on paper in ink and colored pencil of plain-spoken cowboys with names like Tex having Modern Art moments. Witty, yet with a short shelf-life. Generally well-drawn; the roughly colored areas are reminders that these are drawings, not printed cartoons. Fun, sure, but they miss a calling in life as wonderful greeting cards. ( Modernism, Jan. 19 - Mar. 4) Visited February 18, 2006 | | Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Glen Baxter: Large, captioned cartoon-like drawings on paper in ink and colored pencil of plain-spoken cowboys with names like Tex having Modern Art moments. Witty, yet with a short shelf-life. Generally well-drawn; the roughly colored areas are reminders that these are drawings, not printed cartoons. ( Modernism, Jan. 19 - Mar. 4) Visited February 18, 2006 | |
Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Abstract Paintings: Dense, fresh, juicy, relatively recent monochromes of thickly brushed oil by James Hayward; they're good. David Simpson paintings from the Eighties when he still bothered to compose a picture; they're pretty good. Charles Arnoldi paintings: they are paintings. All artists lose points for showing with the most arrogant and/or rudest gallerist in San Franciso. ( Modernism, Jan. 19 - Mar. 4) Visited February 18, 2006 | | Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Abstract Paintings: Dense, fresh, juicy, relatively recent monochromes of thickly brushed oil by James Hayward; they're good. David Simpson paintings from the Eighties positioning squares and rectangles around the canvas' edges, before he went monochrome. Charles Arnoldi's paintings consist of several panels, each with ovals made with layers of scraped, striated color. ( Modernism, Jan. 19 - Mar. 4) Visited February 18, 2006 | |
Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 John Roloff: Three large plaster sculptures of very elaborate, curly-haired, powdered wigs; what 17th century French or English portrait are these from? I know these are quoted from somewhere: Louis XIV? Also, large prints of photos from the National Archives of Civil War-era ships. Neither the artist nor the gallery is much help in understanding any of this. Who knows what it all means? Not me. ( Paule Anglim, Feb. 1-25) Visited February 18, 2006 | | Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 John Roloff: Three large plaster sculptures of very elaborate, curly-haired, powdered wigs remind this viewer of Louis XIV. Also, large prints of photos from the National Archives of Civil War-era ships. Roloff is working with images from two distinct eras, but the references are a tad obscure. ( Paule Anglim, Feb. 1-25) Visited February 18, 2006 | |
Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Ala Ebtekar: delicate pencil drawings on paper of figures, mostly outlined with few details; they seem to be tracings made with a lightbox, projected images, or templates. The lines show erasure and areas of emphasis to make them appear more hand-drawn. The press release tells us the "artist adapts images from Iranian gymnasium poses revisiting the images with a contemporary viewpoint and inviting comparisons with today's hip hop culture and its idiomatic gestures and poses." I'm obviously of the wrong demographic. ( Paule Anglim, Feb. 1-25) Visited February 18, 2006 | | Chris Ashley (after Donald Judd) "In the Galleries" Look, See, February 2006 Ala Ebtekar: delicate pencil drawings on paper of figures, mostly outlined with few details; they seem to be tracings made with a lightbox, projected images, or templates. The lines show erasure and areas of emphasis to make them appear more hand-drawn. The press release tells us the "artist adapts images from Iranian gymnasium poses revisiting the images with a contemporary viewpoint and inviting comparisons with today's hip hop culture and its idiomatic gestures and poses." This mash-up of images from two cultures is evidence of the borders art crosses. ( Paule Anglim, Feb. 1-25) Visited February 18, 2006 | |
Exhibits seen that I did not write about: Heather Marx- Michael Arcega: Getting Mid-Evil, February 2, 2006 – March 11 Rena Bransten- Matthias Hoch, Ari Marcopolous, January 19 - February 25 Takada- Laura Paulini, February 18-March 28 Newmark- Contemporary European Abstraction, January 31 - March 25 John Berggruen- Selected Works, January 7 - February 25 |
Posted by chrisashley at
12:42 AM
February 22, 2006
Joe McKay in NYFA Current
Written for NYFA Current, February 2006:
Introducing... Joe McKay
Chris Ashley

Joe McKay (2006)
(Photo: Chris Ashley) |
Joe McKay’s extremely diverse body of work includes live
color mixing sessions to approximate a fading sun; screenings of
accidental videos made with digital cameras; and the website Prereview, where
he reviews movies that haven’t yet come out. As versatile conceptually
as he is materially, what drives McKay’s work is social interaction—his
pieces usually require viewer interactivity to make them fully come
to life. Here, Oakland-based artist and weblogger Chris Ashley introduces
the media art of Joe McKay.
Over the course of five evenings last fall, in a field behind Joe
McKay’s studio at the eastern edge of the San Francisco Bay,
small groups gathered to watch him paint the sunset. During
the first night only a few people were present, but word got out and
the crowds grew for successive presentations of Sunset Solitaire. Facing
west, McKay manipulated a small controller box with three sliding switches,
one each for red, green, and blue. Connected to a laptop and running
the Director program, the box enabled him to mix horizontal bands of
color. The resulting image was projected onto a free-standing building
in the field, all under a darkening sky.
The audience watched as McKay attempted to match his digitally painted
sunset, mixed live, to the real sunset as it slowly and quietly transitioned
from blue to orange to fiery pink before finally fading to indigo.
Appearing side-by-side, the actual and projected sunsets sometimes
merged and sometimes remained jarringly distinct. An exhilarating meeting
of pastoral and technological was found in the wonder and pleasure
of watching a gorgeous sunset in the company of others, and the fugitive
illusionism achieved when McKay’s simulated sky momentarily matched
the real one to produce a seamless vista was awe-inspiring. Even documented
as a 30-minute DVD, the work contains startling moments when the blend
of elements from the natural and digital worlds is hypnotic and truly
sublime.

Joe McKay
View of Sunset Solitaire (2005) |
Sunset Solitaire references computer games, of course, in this
case one played by an individual and watched by others, but there are
a range of other associations. The Hudson River School painters and
Mark Rothko’s glowing rectangles readily come to mind, as do
the evocatively nostalgic memories of drive-in movies (for those of
a certain age) or less anxious manifestations of ’60s light shows
(for those of another certain age). While presenting Sunset Solitaire McKay
becomes a deejay who mixes color rather than sound. There is a sleight
of hand at work when he matches the fading sun’s color exactly;
an effect that’s pure trompe l’oeil. One might think
of Vasari’s anecdote about Giotto painting a fly on one of Cimabue’s
paintings, which the older master tried to shoo away, or of Alexander
the Great's horse neighing in recognition at the portrait painted by
Apelles.
McKay calls Sunset Solitaire an "intervention" rather than
a performance. Perhaps this is because he responds to different environmental
conditions that can’t be reliably replicated each time he presents
the piece. Or perhaps it is because it is the viewer who usually performs
interactively with his installations. No matter the label, Sunset
Solitaire exhibits a complex layering of characteristics common
in much of McKay’s recent art.
McKay grew up near the City of London, Ontario, and lived and worked
in New York for ten years before moving to San Francisco in 2004. His
exhibition record includes many solo works as well as collaborations
with San Francisco artist Kristin Lucas and Toronto artist Sally McKay,
his sister. In his recent work McKay uses computers other equipment
as sculptural components and recontextualizes video and game imagery
in unexpected ways. A piece of technology might be exploited for purposes
other than that for which it was originally designed or because it
was badly designed to begin with. In some works, elements of relatively “new” technology—a
computer tower, a monitor, or the carriage from a printer—look
old and obsolete, rejected and falling apart.
In some of McKay’s recent Kinetic Computer Sculptures, images
appear and actions occur peripherally, like in a new untitled work
in his studio where a projected figure on a wall is briefly glimpsed
from the corner of one’s eye but promptly disappears when one
looks back at it. Another kinetic sculpture with the working title Search
and Rescue is best described by McKay: “…a computer-driven
motor with LED attached is illuminating the insides of an opened Mac
tower. A monitor lying on its side displays an image of the computer
and light from above, capturing the erratic motion of the motor, as
if there was an overhead camera. On the monitor, however, the motor
and light rotate faster than the “real” motor inside the
computer. This discontinuity is a clue to the fact that there is no
camera, and adds to the tension in the piece.” Splayed out on
the floor as if unceremoniously—even violently—dumped and
forgotten, it’s easy to experience a surprisingly emotional reaction
to the traumatized equipment, which is deepened by the subsequent sense
of invasive and poorly synchronized surveillance and the viewer’s
inability to completely explain what is happening.
Operating at the edges of what we think this consumer technology should
and should not do, McKay’s art leads us into the gap between
expectation and evidence, challenging the viewer to consider what one
sees and how the technology works. But unlike the Wizard of Oz behind
his curtain, McKay has thrown the curtain away and places the apparatus
of his works before us without concealing his tricks.

Joe McKay
Big Ups (2005)
Site-specific installation at
Long Island University, Brooklyn Campus |
The audience’s shared experience of Sunset Solitaire is
more passive in comparison to the active audience involvement that
is key to much of McKay’s other work. Audio Pong, which
McKay calls an “audience participation performance duet,” is
a remake of Pong, one of the earliest video games, although McKay’s
version is controlled by microphones instead of joysticks; the louder
the player talks, the higher their paddle goes. The Color Game engages
two players using slider switches who try to match colors projected
in increasingly complex patters. Big Ups is a site-specific
installation encouraging players to jump on an electronic doormat to
propel the image of a ball as high as possible on a TV monitor; one’s
reward is a larger and heavier ball. In these works, just as in Sunset
Solitaire, interaction and a shared social experience are McKay’s
goals. The viewer is engaged not just to see the work, but to also
make it happen. Technology is often blamed for the alienation of people
from their work and from each other, but McKay employs it as a poetic
means to initiate human interaction—with one’s senses and
with one another.
Chris Ashley is an artist and educator who also writes about art.
He has recently exhibited at Gallery Siano, Philadelphia, and at Landesgalerie/Landesmuseum
in Linz, Austria. He will show at 1708 Gallery in Richmond, VA, in May
2006. Recent talks include panels at the New Museum of Contemporary Art
and -empyre-. Images of his art, including his four-year weblog project
using HTML to make images, and more writings are at http://chrisashley.net. He
lives in Oakland, CA.
For more information on Joe McKay, visit:
http://homepage.mac.com/joester5/art/index.html
|
Posted by chrisashley at
04:57 PM
February 13, 2006
Donald Judd Reviews 1-10
In the late 50's through the mid-60's Donald Judd supported himself reviewing exhibits for
Arts Magazine and
Art International, and continued writing for these and other magazines into the 70's. All of his writings are collected in
Donald Judd: Complete Writings 1959-1975, The Press of the Nova Scotia College of Art and Design, originally published in 1975; the edition I have is 2005. In those days a handful of reviewers covered the NY scene, covering it like a beat, and would write a dozen or more reviews each month.

For example, in
Arts in November 1960 wrote fourteen reviews-- six of those were in the 100-150 word range, five were in the 50-75 word range, and three were long single-sentence reviews.
Judd wrote in an Introduction in 1974 (italics mine):
"The job with Arts provided most of my money until the last year (1965). I wrote criticism as a mercenary and would never have written it otherwise. Since there were no set hours and since I could work at home it was a good part-time job. It took three or four days to see the shows, and perhaps a week or so off and on to write the reviews, which I always put off until the deadline. I can't type. Sigrid Byers, another and later assistant editor, sometimes helped with that. I don't remember the pay and the different reviewing schemes too well. I think I was paid 180 dollars a month for quite a while. The rent on my loft was 100 dollars. The few articles (that he wrote besides reviews) were a great help, especially in the summer (when there were fewer shows to review). In the letter hiring me (Hilton) Kramer gives the rate at the time: "For a review of 300 words the rate is six dollars; for 150 words, four dollars; for a one-sentence review, three dollars." The magazine was always poor; I felt that Kramer and (James) Mellow paid as well as they could. Obviously art critics should be paid much more. That's one of the things seriously wrong with the activity.
According to an editorial of Kramer's in September 1961 the reviews were to become selective. A list for September 1962 that I still have gives 48 shows assigned and seen. Sixteen were reviewed. Forty-eight seems high and may be because (Sydney) Tillim was not reviewing shows that month. Fifteen reviews a month seems to be the average. Evidently before September 1961 all shows were seen and reviewed. The 1962 list indicates that we still saw everything but chose the better ones to write about. I believe that later we didn't see everything.
When I started browsing through The Complete Writings I was struck by the quantity of reviews, and I was especially struck by the briefest reviews where Judd would describe some image, or color scheme, or textures used, and then make a decisive final pronouncement about what was good or bad about the work. He said if he liked something, didn't equivocate if he didn't, and he always had reasons why. Increasingly I found him to be a good and fair writer, concise and clear. He might come across as harsh because he actually makes up his mind and says so. One may not like his opinions, but if you read his writing you begin to know where he is coming from.
The last two chapters of Jed Perls' New Art City convincingly, for me, pairs the unlikely duo of Judd and Fairfield Porter. Both were artists who also wrote about art. They were independently minded, perhaps a little difficult, and looked for art that wasn't more of the same, that had a reason to be. While they might appear to be in opposite corners of the room they each held informed standards of quality in art and expressed surprising insights.
The last ten days I have posted some of Judd's shorter reviews; they are all gathered on a single page. Typically, these shorter reviews are also negative ones, as better art would justify a longer review, but they are quite lucid, saying much in a few words. I thought it would be interesting to pull a few of these out to see what kinds of things Judd would identify as general failings. I think what I gather most from the following excerpts is Judd asking, "What's the point, why bother?"
- ...technical proficiency and very litle evident purpose.
- ...slashed and excoriated, for the most part without vigor or even brutality...
- ...a change from the round patches passively placed to post and lintel patches placed passively...
- Despite some variation in the color the works have the similarity of being
without it.
- ...the arrangement of the boxes is as thoughtless as the tombstones which they resemble.
- There's a lot of this in Europe and it's terrible.
- ...harmonious but abecedarian...
- I don't see what they see in Da Silva's work.
- ...the sensation is without reason since there is no large organization to which it is integral...
- ...some trouble and less virutosity would have improved the show.
Posted by chrisashley at
01:56 PM
January 24, 2006
Tim Schwartz: Untitled (Four Ways)
This post was originally made on 20060123. It has been updated and reposted here.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
I met Tim Schwartz at the Gallery Siano opening in Philadelphia in October. We've kept in touch sporadically since then, and awhile back Tim sent me some images of paintings: see small ones or see large ones (several at either link). Here's an example:
Tim Schwartz, Untitled (Four Ways), 2004, 11” x 14”, oil on linen
A few things strike me about this small painting,
Untitled (Four Ways). It looks simple and quickly painted. But it's more complex than it first appears.
Most painters will feel strongly ambivalent, even if that is an oxymoron, about the way I'm going to talk about this painting. In fact, I think most abstract painters would just plain hate it. They'd say I'm reading into the painting, or being too literal. What I propose here is not a finite way of looking at the painting. Instead, I see this as a way of entering the painting and making it open and possible to find other meanings echoing within and emanating from it.
At first the painting looks simply like a big painted "X" spanning a scumbled white surface. If you take the painting at face value as merely a flat surface and count the faint vertical line down the middle in the background you've actually got a six-legged shape, or you've got a rectangle divided in six somewhat pie-shaped sections.
But that vertical line is embedded in the softly-painted background; what it makes the canvas surface look like is something folded in the middle and flattened back out, like a creased piece of paper or cardboard. And since that vertical line is in shadow, more likely is that it looks like an open book. The more I look at it, the more the ground of the painting appears to me as an book opened to two blank pages. The horizontal strokes of cream, pink, and gray on either side of the soft vertical dividing line reinforce that reading.
So, if this is an open book, does the X across its surface cancel out whatever the book is about? Is this censorship? Absolutely not- I don't see it that way. I don't see the X as on the book, I see it as originating in and coming right out of the center of the book.
The subtitle, Four Ways, is a clue. Four lines come out and go four different directions- N,S,E,W, or up, down, left, and right. They are four different colors. And these are also four different kinds of lines, from top left clockwise: [1] a misty funnel of a line, like billowing smoke; [2] a smooth, sleek, pulled stroke; [3] a jagged, choked scrape; and [4] a line that has had most of its character wiped-out.
The painting shows a passage of time from left to right, the same direction as one reads. On the right side the two darker, more defined lines are strong and focused, in the present moving to the right, as words flow. On the left are two dissipating lines, fading off into the past on the left-hand page, the direction from which the eye moves away when reading. The X is like a figure leaving the past on the left and striding off onto the next page, if one could turn it.
What I describe is a mostly non-linear, visually narrative reading of this painting. That I describe this as a narrative fits conceptually with the idea that the ground reminds me of a book. Each leg of the X is its own kind of line, so much so that the X doesn't really exist. It's interesting to me how such an apparently simple painting can allude to language and story and literacy, summon reference to direction and multiple kinds of spaces, and allude to depicted time as well as engage the viewer in real time. In this deft little painting Tim covers a lot of territory.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Steven LaRose writes ( I had to read this a couple of times to fully get it):
My two bits on Untitled (Four Ways): Certainly, folded like a book (it is hard not to "read" it like a comic formula), but for me it gives extra strength to the implied horizontal fold. One could imagine the bottom right folded up to make a vague impression above and the top left folded down to make an even more vague impression on the bottom left. This is a how a comic book is often read, leaving us wanting to turn the page. Before I read your take my visceral response was: oh, a clock, or meter, starting with the bottom right quadrant, the one we normally leave the page with, and the mark disolving in time, backwards, to the bottom left, which is, in western terms, the most dead of all spaces, the place that the nude is reclining upon. The mark, almost overworked and busy in the bottom right, progressively evaporates through atmospheric perspective counter-clockwise. It's a great painting because it takes on different moods and meanings as one spins it around. I've always thought that a good abstract painting should be mounted on a lazy susan-type device that randomly rotates the painting every couple of months. |
Steven introduces [1] another kind of space (horizontal folding) and [2] another kind of time (sequenced animation).
[1] He suggests that an horizontal line is inferred by this: if the line in the top left quadrant (was, say, still wet and) was folded down onto the bottom left quadrant a faint impression of that yellow line is left behind, the blurry shape there now; and the if the line in the bottom right quadrant (was, say, still wet and) was folded up onto the top right quadrant an smoother impression of that thicker line is left.
[2] He also proposes that if we begin with the line in the lower right quadrant and follow it clockwise through the other three quadrants to the final one in the lower left it "progressively evaporates, like an animation. One can also follow that sequence from lower left clockwise to lower right.
His additional associations of clock or meter fit well with the idea of time and sequence.
Thanks, Steven.
See more, small or large .
Posted by chrisashley at
05:10 PM
January 07, 2006
intervista con Alan Ebnother in Italiano
This interview with Alan Ebnother took place in spring 2005 as part of his Minus Space exhibition 1 April — 31 May 2005, and was published at Minus Space and posted here, too. It was translated into Italian on the occasion of his exhibition at Arte Moderna Ammann in Locarno, CH, Sept. 24 -Oct. 29 2005.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
La seguente conversazione tra Alan Ebnother e Chris Ashley è stata condotta via email nel periodo compreso tra il 17 Aprile e il 4 Maggio 2005.
Chris Ashley: La Sua biografia dice che nel 1975 “cominciò a riconoscere l’arte.” In quel periodo lei aveva poco più di vent’anni e si muoveva nel mondo della danza. Cosa significa questo “riconoscere l’arte” e come e quando cominciò a dipingere?
Alan Ebnother: Nel 1975 avevo 23 anni. Mi ero appena trasferito in Europa per studiare alla John Cranio Ballet School. I pittori George Lawson e John Meyer, entrambi di San Francisco, erano miei amici e così l’idea che delle persone dipingessero non era per me nuova.
A Stoccarda, dove frequentavo la scuola di danza, la mia coinquilina era sposata con il pittore spagnolo Vicente Peris, un professore d’arte di Valencia: lui venne ad abitare con noi e dipingeva ogni giorno nella nostra casa. Così osservare dipinti e parlare d’arte divenne parte della mia vita quotidiana. Credo che per me “riconoscere l’arte” significa un tentativo di capirla e accettarla nella mia vita e nei miei pensieri quotidiani.
CA: E Lei quando iniziò effettivamente a dipingere? Come mai si mise a dipingere e come cominciò? Aveva già dipinto prima?
AE: Nel 1979 ho lasciato il mio lavoro come ballerino all’opera di Amburgo e ho dipinto per un anno intero. Dipingevo giornalmente senza una direzione precisa. Ero come una nave che si è persa nell’oceano. Mi imbarazza un po’, ma alla fine dell’anno ho persino esposto i miei quadri nell’atrio dell’opera e ho venduto quasi tutto. In ogni caso erano orribili, piccole icone religiose – Cristo sanguinante sulla croce. Appena ho capito quanto erano brutti i miei quadri ho smesso di dipingere fino nel 1985, quando ho trovato il coraggio di ricominciare.
CA: Quando ha ricominciato a dipingere nel 1985 da dove iniziò? Come cominciò a dipingere quadri verdi?
AE: Quando ricominciai a dipingere scelsi di lavorare con meno elementi possibile, pensando che in questo modo la mia energia si sarebbe concentrata sui problemi della pittura. Non lavoravo tanto per realizzare un prodotto finito, ma più che altro per sperimentare i materiali e presentare i colori in modo avvincente e vitale. Prima pensavo che se un quadro non riusciva o sembrava noioso, aggiungere degli elementi avrebbe reso meno apparente o addirittura risolto il problema. In un secondo tempo volevo occuparmi del problema e risolverlo, non solo nasconderlo. Ho dipinto quadrati bianchi per quasi un anno. Abitavo a Zurigo e nello scantinato del mio palazzo c’era il magazzino di una ditta di imbianchini. Così ogni notte andavo in cantina e prendevo le loro plastiche per coprire il mio pavimento. Prendevo anche la loro pittura e quei quadrati di cartone che usavano per mascherare o qualche cosa del genere, e così dipingevo ogni notte. La mattina riportavo tutto il loro materiale, eccetto i quadrati che avevo dipinto. Questa storia continuò per nove mesi fino a quando trovai ed affittai uno studio a Ulm in Germania.
A Ulm iniziai a dipingere nel mio studio e dipingevo quadrati monocromatici fino a quando mi accorsi che non riuscivo a dipingere negli angoli. La pittura sembrava seguire un flusso e un ritmo naturale fino a quando giungevo negli angoli. Non avevo ancora l’abilità tecnica di dipingere liberamente gli angoli, e il segno sembrava rigido e artificioso, così cominciai a lasciarli via. Il risultato fu un cerchio la cui libertà riuscivo a gestire. Il risultato fu che per i seguenti dieci anni dipinsi dei tondi. Dopo circa 7 mesi dipinsi un tondo in verde veronese che secondo me era estremamente bello e interessante. Di conseguenza provai un altro dipinto verde con lo stesso pigmento ma direzionandolo verso un’altra tonalità di verde e con un altro tipo di pennello, e anche questo lavoro mi piacque e interessò molto. Così, vent’anni dopo, eccomi ancora qua, sempre ancora interessato e in fase sperimentale. Forse un giorno avrò l’impressione di aver portato il verde al limite e potrò passare a un nuovo tema. Ma al momento lavoro dipinto dopo dipinto seguendo la mia progressione d’esperienza. E quindi chissà? Questa non è una strategia pianificata, ma una cosa che è semplicemente capitata.
CA: Per un lungo periodo ha dipinto tondi, che significato ha per Lei questa forma?
AE: Dopo aver dipinto tondi per dieci anni, questa forma ha per me molti significati. Come posso spiegare a parole dieci anni di lavoro? Mi lasci dire che capisco il cerchio, e che dipingendo questa forma ho avuto un po’ di tempo per sviluppare le mie capacità lontano dagli occhi dei critici! Vede, durante questo periodo nessun altro lavorava il tondo, così altri pittori e critici non avevano nessuno e nient’altro con cui paragonarmi. Ciò mi ha dato il tempo necessario che mi serviva per sviluppare le mie capacità. Forse è interessante sapere che è stata semplicemente l’esperienza con un altro pittore che mi ha riportato a dipingere un quadrato. Un giorno Ulrich Wellmann, un pittore tedesco, visitò il mio studio. Mi disse che i miei quadri gli piacevano, ma non la loro forma tonda. Il motivo era che non avevano una parte superiore e una inferiore. Io gli dissi che un quadrato ha soltanto quattro possibilità per un sopra e un sotto, mentre un tondo ne ha infinite. Quando se ne andò ero così arrabbiato e frustrato che tesi quattro tele di forma quadrata. La cosa incredibile è che mi sembravano quadri già prima di dipingerli. Tutti siamo abituati a vedere la forma rettangolare nella vita quotidiana, è una forma architettonica conosciuta al nostro occhio. Il cerchio invece è sempre stata una forma aliena o nuova. Il genere umano è stato condizionato ad aspettarsi che un quadro assomigli alla forma di un rettangolo; sembrava così facile dopo il tondo. Devo dire che ora dipingere negli angoli mi piace soprattutto per sperimentare, tendo a copiare i bordi lineari imposti da questa forma. Forse un giorno tornerò a dipingere il cerchio.
CA: Potrebbe parlarci specificamente delle varie caratteristiche dei suoi quadri? Magari spiegando le forme e misure delle tele e le grandezze dei pennelli usati? Mischia e macina Lei stesso i colori? Come approccia ogni lavoro?
AE: Va bene, parliamo del 17 dicembre 2004. Ho usato una tela molto complessa, 38,5 x 38 pollici, così che c’è solo mezzo pollice in più nell’altezza per dare all’osservatore un lavoro verticale e non un formato panoramico. Nelle foto non sono visibili la grossezza e profondità della tela di 1 ¾ pollici sopra e di 3 pollici sotto. In questo modo la parte dietro del quadro è parallela al muro, mentre davanti è più fine sopra e più grossa sotto (come una fetta di formaggio). Così la parte inferiore è spinta nella luce. Dipingo con luce naturale dall’alto. Ho ordinato due tele con queste misure per sperimentare e trovare una via per risolvere il problema causato dall’effetto scultura tridimensionale della tela. Ho dipinto contro la forma usando punti marcanti che attiravano l’attenzione sulla parte superiore del quadro e sfumavo gradualmente la superficie lasciando in fondo soltanto le informazioni necessarie in poche aree per presentare il lavoro, ma non nella sua completezza. Cercavo semplicemente di distogliere l’attenzione dalla forma. L’osservatore non critico non si accorge che la tela ha una forma così irregolare. Ho completato due lavori di questo tipo e sono abbastanza soddisfatto del risultato, ma siccome non sono uno scultore e ho altri problemi inerenti alla pittura da risolvere, questi due lavori sono anche gli ultimi di questo tipo.
Ho mischiato e macinato i miei pigmenti dal primo anno della mia carriera. George Lawson, che ho menzionato prima, e Phil Sims sono stati così generosi da dividere tutto il loro sapere e le loro esperienze con me e mi hanno fondamentalmente insegnato come fare. Nel frattempo la mia natura sperimentale mi ha portato ad esplorare molte aree di pigmenti e diversi media con base ad olio, e dopo più di vent’anni credo di avere una conoscenza abbastanza buona della pittura ad olio.
Mi ha anche chiesto dei pennelli. Ebbene, ogni marca sembra avere un pennello che è adatto. Normalmente taglio le setole con una forbice io stesso e poi macino la fine delle setole così che non slittano. Modifico il pennello per diverse esigenze – per forma, resistenza, rigidità, grossezza, ecc. Spesso taglio anche il manico di legno così da renderlo un’estensione della mia mano e del mio polso, oppure ogni tanto allungo il manico così che diventa un’estensione del mio braccio o del mio corpo. Questo dipende anche dal tipo di segno che penso sarebbe interessante o corretto per presentare un certo colore. Mentre mischio il colore posso osservare i cambiamenti che capitano quando aggiungo alla massa diversi pigmenti, argille, balsami o cera. Ogni tanto mi capita di osservare fino a cento diverse tinte prima di decidere di smettere. Uno dei motivi per cui ho utilizzato il verde Veronese per tanto tempo è che è un pigmento molto trasparente con poca forza personale e può quindi essere spinto in molte direzioni diverse, pur mantenendo le sue qualità di seccatura e struttura.
CA: Quale è il nesso – fisicamente, emotivamente, esteticamente, filosoficamente – tra la Sua pittura e il Suo passato nel mondo della danza?
AE: Imparare a danzare ha molti significati, e il nesso tra la danza e la pittura può essere discusso in centinaia di pagine. Non ho abbastanza parole per spiegare tutte le relazioni, ma lasciatemi provare. La sensazione che si prova facendo un tendu, un movimento di base del balletto dove la gamba è estesa ad angolo retto dal corpo con il piede a punta, è simile all'emozione che si prova creando una spennellata. Per fare un tendu strofino dolcemente ma con forza la suola del mio piede contro il pavimento. Allo stesso tempo il mio piede e la mia gamba combattono per diventare estese. Sembra di fare l'amore con il pavimento. Provo le stesse emozioni quanto trascino un pennello pieno di pittura su una superficie! Dipingere è un'esperienza tattile e molto sensuale, come lo è la danza. Entrambe si basano su decisioni istintive, con l'occhio critico che entra e giudica dopo l'atto.
CA: Il modo in cui mi descrive la relazione tra danza e pittura mi fa pensare evidentemente alla spesso citata descrizione dell'espressionismo astratto di Harold Rosenberg: "In un certo momento le tele cominciarono ad apparire agli occhi di un pittore americano dopo l'altro come un'arena in cui agire – piuttosto che uno spazio dove riprodurre, ridisegnare, analizzare o esprimere un oggetto, reale o immaginario. Ciò che doveva apparire su una tela non era un disegno, ma un evento." Ma sospetto che questa descrizione non corrisponda alle Sue intenzioni, in quanto il Suo lavoro è più di un'arena per un evento. Lei si preoccupa anche di costruire spazio e luce, di creare un'immagine espressiva e un oggetto integrato. Ha dei pensieri sul suo lavoro in relazione all'espressionismo astratto, e ciò che cerca di fare che è al di là di un evento?
AE: L'atto di pitturare è forse drammatico e forse una performance, ma è una performance solo per me! I miei dipinti non hanno come tema il teatro o lo spettacolo, ma il colore e la definizione di spazio per mezzo di questo colore. Forse esplorano la prateria, ma non il teatro. La pittura non è un'arte di performance. Cerco di presentare un colore con ciò che credo essere un ritmo, segno e tempo che meglio gli si adatta. Questo dramma si svolge in uno studio con un solo spettatore (me), e quando il dramma è terminato le tracce lasciate sulla mia tela sono un dipinto.
CA: Ricordo che nel primo o secondo email che mi mandò quasi due anni fa, si mostrò sorpreso per la bellezza della luce in New Mexico. Per anni visse e dipinse in Germania. La luce e lo spazio in questi due luoghi è abbastanza differente. Cosa la partò in New Mexico e come influenzarono la sua pittura questi due luoghi diversi? Cosa significa il verde in entrambi i posti? Personalmente mi sembra che la sua pittura stia diventando più spessa e ricca. Credo che il suo atelier attuale sia molto più grande di quello in Germania – questo fatto come influenza la sua pittura?
AE: Mi sono trasferito in New Mexico per via della luce e della terra a buon prezzo, così che ho potuto costruirmi un atelier. Il mio atelier è molto grande e alto, potrei in effetti costruirci dentro un aeroplano. L’ho disegnato io stesso, prestando particolare attenzione alla luce e meno al comfort. La luce in questo atelier è la migliore che ho mai visto! Dipingevo in Germania e portavo i miei quadri ad esposizioni qui in New Mexico, dove per la prima volta vedevo il vero colore dei dipinti. La luce in Germania è molto grigia e argentea, ma quasi mai chiara e luminosa. Durante le mie prime visite in New Mexico non riuscivo neanche a passeggiare all’esterno senza gli occhiali da sole. Questo è veramente un caso di luce che influenza o addirittura diventa un dipinto.
Ho cercato di aprire la mia pittura già da qualche tempo. Questo compito non mi è nuovo, è nella mia mente da anni e ha avuto molto a che fare con il mio trasferimento qui in New Mexico. Sono nel mezzo del niente. Questo è uno spazio vuoto. Voglio riuscire a portare questo spazio sulla tela. È un processo lento, ma che sembra finalmente riuscire. È il mio traguardo. Definire questo spazio vuoto con un numero ridotto di colori, questo per me significa dipingere. Clyfford Still era sulla buona via, e io vorrei tornare indietro e riprendere la sua sensibilità e morale e continuare il suo lavoro, ma semplicemente con un solo colore.
Pensando a tutto ciò che abbiamo detto, vorrei dire anche due parole sul fenomeno che capita a molti pittori monocromatici che dipingono sempre di nuovo lo stesso quadro.Non basta semplicemente cambiare il colore e dipingere il lavoro seguente con lo stesso concetto. Ogni colore necessita di un metodo di pittura diverso per mettere in luce al meglio le sue proprietà intrinseche. L’esplorazione di queste proprietà è una parte molto importante del mio lavoro, magari è addirittura il mio lavoro e per questo credo di dover dire qualche cosa al riguardo. Questa esplorazione è uno degli elementi chiave nel lavoro di molti pittori conosciuti, come Robert Ryman, per il quale non solo il metodo di dipingere, ma anche il modo nel quale attaccava i suoi quadri ai muri o addirittura la data e la firma sul dipinto diventavano un elemento fondamentale della composizione. La tinta resta abbastanza costante mentre cambia radicalmente la massa del colore. Ryman ha esplorato una piccola strada della pittura senza mai raggiungere la monotonia.
Guarda anche Joseph Marioni e il suo sottile cambiamento dei sostegni che corrisponde con l’individuale scelta del colore, che apre o chiude i veli di colore sopra al dipinto presentando finestre di diversa grandezza e forma nel quadro. Questa sottile ma importante attenzione al dettaglio presenta un percorso per i giovani pittori di oggi. Forse trent’anni fa, quando questo genere di pittura era nuovo, uno poteva semplicemente cambiare colore e creare l’effetto grande magazzino di “quello rosso, quello blu o quello verde”. Ma oggi siamo di gran lunga oltre questo punto, e continuare a produrre lavori che assomigliano a un prodotto con su il tuo nome e che cambiano di poco o non cambiano e crescono del tutto, è semplicemente parassitico. Il (medico) generico del passato è sparito. Siamo in un’era di specialisti, nella pittura e nella tecnologia.
L’arte astratta è ancora un concetto nuovo, e sta nelle mani degli artisti di oggi spingere e sviluppare questo concetto. I cambiamenti non devono essere grandi e le direzioni non specifiche, ma il genere deve essere esplorato così da restare vivo. Non ci possiamo fidare del pubblico per il supporto di queste esplorazioni, in quanto si accontentano sempre ancora di guardare il Lago dei Cigni, ascoltare Mozart, e guardare Rembrandt, opere sì stupende, ma create molto tempo fa. Storicamente il progresso dell’arte non è sempre stato accettato immediatamente dal pubblico, quindi sta nelle mani degli artisti di oggi sostenere e spingere l’esplorazione in avanti, indipendentemente dalla risposta del pubblico.
CA: Ogni tanto può essere d’aiuto, e ogni tanto no, parlare del lavoro di un artista in relazione ad altri lavori d’arte. Abbiamo già parlato di danza, e Lei ha menzionato Ryman e Marioni. Quali altri artisti sono importanti per Lei e perché?
AE: Joseph Marioni è molto importante per me per motivi completamente diversi di Ryman. I progressi di Joe possono essere estremamente difficili da percepire da un occhio inesperto in quanto i cambiamenti, i miglioramenti e le differenze sono estremamente sottili. Ma una volta che si comincia a vedere il numero elevato di miglioramenti realizzati da tela a tela, la fame di scoprirne di più diventa insaziabile. Osservare i dipinti di Marioni o Ryman mi ricorda le persone che vengono per la prima volta nel deserto e dicono che non c’è vegetazione o vita selvaggia. Ma quando osserviamo più attentamente, il deserto si apre alla nostra vista e il completo mondo vegetale e animale diventa visibile. È tutto lì ad aspettare che l’osservatore educhi se stesso.
CA: Ci parli dello spazio nei suoi dipinti. In alcuni dipinti recenti la pittura sembra molto grossa; le pennellate sono molto visibili e presenti. Uno riesce quasi a vedere le pennellate come una specie di calligrafia, e c’è qualcosa nello spazio dei suoi dipinti che sembra creare uno spazio particolare, come per esempio i nastri di colore di de Kooning che sono stratificati e sovrapposti, lavorando con e contro la forza di gravità.
AE: Ebbene, ogni dipinto è diverso. Non c’è un progetto generale a cui posso rivolgermi per ulteriori informazioni! Non ho mai studiato calligrafia ma confrontare il mio spazio interno a quello di de Kooning sarebbe il lavoro di un critico d’arte e non di un pittore. Perché non confrontare Ryman e Monte, oppure Ter Borch e Umberg? Dal mio punto di vista spesso non c’è niente di simile nei lavori di questi artisti, a parte il materiale. Magari un critico d’arte può trovare delle proprietà comuni e confrontarle, ma per me ogni artista ha il suo proprio dialogo e le proprie sfumature che aspettano di essere scoperte dall’osservatore. Provare a fare un confronto vorrebbe dire cercare di definire e categorizzare l’artista, il che porterebbe l’osservatore a smettere di guardare. Se oggigiorno si va in uno dei musei più grandi e più conosciuti, ci si trova faccia a faccia con masse di persone che stanno leggendo testi affissi sui muri o che stanno ascoltando messaggi registrati su cassetta e che spiegano i singoli dipinti. In questo momento queste persone smettono di guardare e sperimentare il dipinto in cambio di una spiegazione di qualche critico d’arte. NON C’È UNA SPIEGAZIONE PER L’ARTE. L’ARTE DEVE ESSERE SPERIMENTATA!
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Alan Ebnother vive e lavora a Stanley, New Mexico
Chris Ashley è un artista, scrittore ed educatore. Vive e lavora a Oakland, California
Translated by Tina Ammann
Posted by chrisashley at
12:01 AM
January 06, 2006
Kenneth Baker on Kenneth Baker
On Dec. 20th I pushed back on what Tyler Green wrote about SF Chronicle art critic Kenneth Baker. Today he posts a response by Baker and also links to my push back.
Baker begins with this, which I like:
It's true that I don't lead with opinions because I think that my judgments, like nearly everyone's, generally come as cheap and unbidden as dandruff.
I do deplore the thumbs-up/thumbs-down mentality that the culture biz encourages. It's just more thoughtlessness masquerading as something fun and informative.
It's also true that I write far more feature-y stuff that I would like, though the consequent encounters with artists are often very involving. But that's explained by a shortage of staff here (and increasingly everywhere) in our dying industry.
Posted by chrisashley at
12:04 AM
December 21, 2005
Notes on Laurie Reid at Gallery Joe (revised)
I ran into someone the other day who told me that s/he had read and enjoyed what I wrote recently about Laurie Reid. It kind of jolted me- you mean people actually read these things? So I reread it myself and decided it needed a few small adjustments. Here it is revised.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

Four watercolors by Laurie Reid, all push pinned to the wall. See better photos on her page at Gallery Joe.
I know Laurie Reid's work very well, having had many opportunities to see it in the Bay Area. Her most recent exhibit at Stephen Wirtz Gallery in San Francisco just closed earlier this month, and I just recently saw her work in Water Color: Current Views at Gallery Joe in Philadelphia. Her past work is all watercolor on paper. Often the watercolor is heavily diluted and applied so that the paper buckles and the pigment collects along the edges of the liquid as it sits in the furrows of the buckled paper. Other work is made of various sized drops of much more intense color.
Reid's work doesn't allow for much correction, and requires concentration and a strong physical presence: action, balance, and decisiveness. Recent work seems to begin by re-using older work on top of which new painting takes place. This introduces a few things: multiple kinds of linear and solid structures, greater variety of line, much greater varying of density of color used within one painting, and layering of kinds of structures over other kinds.
This newer work looks more relaxed. Part of that I think comes from the re-use of old work, and from the second-generation of new marks covering or laying over a first generation of older marks. In a way it is destroying old work to make new work, or adding to something that one decides much later is unfinished. I think to do that one does have to be relaxed, to have accepted something as incomplete or perhaps a failure. That requires a letting go, and approaching an old work with a new attitude.
I see in the older work an interesting contradiction or duality— these very liquid lines carry a lot of tension and at the same time a sense of relaxed flow. Let me describe this tension and relaxation.
First, there's a lot of tension in the lines and drops— that comes from the precision, calculation, measuring, and consistency needed to make the work, the need not to screw up, and the difficulty imposed by not being able to do anything over. As a viewer, one feels all of that. Tension in many of the larger works, some up to six feet or more high or long, is found, for example, in the long strokes that need to cover a very large area. And there is also tension in the relationship of one line or shape to another, in how they may be placed alongside each other and not touch, each retaining a unique quality. This all requires strength, endurance, a steady hand and eye, care and patience. Part of the tension is of course is built into the medium of water on paper— you've pretty much got to hit it in one go without correction when you're working with large sheets of nice white paper and each large wet stroke is the image. Reid handles that really well, with strength and consistency.
But then all the tension in the lines (or, lines so fat they become shapes) is contradicted by their liquid quality— the somewhat controlled elastic flow of pigment within puddled sections— and by the physical puckering of the paper. This liquidity and puckering creates a feeling of relaxation, of breathing, and expansiveness.
I find that duality between tension and relaxed flow really interesting; it is very human, almost figurative— something with a nervous system opened up and laid bare. There is a tremulousness to the images, and if one is quiet and listens there is a hum, either off the work or in the viewer's response to the work.
In the newer work Reid is building webs with new lines on top of old, or filling in shapes with new areas color that were previously only defined by line. This changes the whole dynamic in Reid's work; this new work is more layered, with one approach on top of another approach. Because of this the work feels less process-oriented — less conceptual— and more like someone building a picture. In a sense, the correction she couldn't do on the earlier work is now taking place in the newer work, and old is transformed into new. The tensions have changed a bit, and there is a newer density and heaviness.
All of the work I saw at Gallery Joe is in this new same vein as the work in the Wirtz show. I think this direction adds another dimension to Reid's work, and certainly give here something new to wrestle with. I hope she can hold onto the qualities I admire in the older work while adding new approaches. This recent work is a good start.
Chris Ashley
Oakland, CA 2005
Posted by chrisashley at
03:46 PM
December 12, 2005
Art Writing 2004-05
Since August 2004 I have written or been involved in writing twenty eight
pieces about art. I say "involved" because five of these pieces are interviews.
Twenty one of these pieces were written during 2005, seven at the end of 2004.
They have been of different lengths, depth, quality and success, and most
were an attempt to seriously tackle some aspect of an artist's work, and in
some cases a single work.
About a year ago, after having written a few pieces, I set myself the goal
of writing at least one art essay a month during 2005. I thought of these
writings as critical essays; I didn't want to just write reviews, but
instead I wanted to describe and explain a way, or some ways, of looking closely
at a particular piece of art or a body of work, to talk about how to look
at and experience the work, and to explicate how through looking to find meaning.
I wanted to write about how I look, and to hopefully have that serve as a
model for others of how to look closely, how to assess the qualities and characteristics
of art, and how to use these to figure out intended meaning, accidental meaning,
and personal meaning for the viewer.
This challenge began in summer of 2004 when George
Lawson asked me, somewhat out of the blue, to write something for his
solo
show at Elins Eagles Smith Gallery in San Francisco in September 2004.
My only credentials were our exchange of emails. I agreed, and wound up writing
nearly 3,000 words. It was a great experience and I'm glad George asked me
to write for him. There are parts of that essay that I value tremendously.
And once I started writing I thought I'd continue- now, here it is nearly
the end of 2005.
Writing takes time, lots of time. Most writers don't really know what they're
going to say, what they really think, how it all builds into something, until
they start forming the words and sentences. Writing is idea shaping. Words
are almost like clay, like paint- they are bits that are put together, pulled
apart, moved around, thrown on the floor, picked back up again. It is essential
to most kinds of thinking. I certainly would like to have more time to write.
Any of these pieces could use not only another draft or three to craft the
writing, but those successive drafts would also likely deepen any ideas these
essays attempt to express. These will likely have to stand as they are, and
that's fine. I set myself a simple goal, and I certainly exceded it. It's
a good feeling to look back at this list; many of these pieces I still enjoy
reading. I hope you enjoy reading them, too.
In reverse chronological order:
- Douglas Witmer: Minus Space interview
with Douglas Witmer, 2005Dec
- Fernando Colón González: Fernando
Colón González at Larry Becker, 2005Nov
- Nancy White: Nancy
White at Takada Gallery, 2005Oct
- Teresita Fernández: Teresita
Fernández at the Fabric Workshop, 2005Oct
- Laurie Reid: Laurie
Reid at Gallery Joe, 2005Oct
- Raymond Saunders: Raymond
Saunders at Stephen Wirtz, 2005Oct
- Eduard Manet: The
Hands in Manet's "The Dead Christ and the Angels", 2005Oct
- Vincent Romaniello: Interview
with Vincent Romaniello, 2005Sept
- Richard Schur: Richard
Schur's "Untitled", 2005Sept
- Steve Karlik: Minus Space Interview
with Steve Karlik, 2005Sept
- Barnet Newman: Barnett
Newman's "Concord", 2005Aug
- Willem de Kooning: De
Kooning's "Lobster Woman", 2005Aug
- Sharon Brant: Minus Space Interview
with Sharon Brant, 2005June
- Thomas Gainsborough: Thomas
Gainsborough: How Modern?, 2005May
- Barnet Newman and Andy Warhol: Newman
and Warhol: Duet at the Met, 2005May
- Outline for Blogging and the Arts panel, 2005May
- Alan Ebnother: Minus Space Interview with Alan Ebnother, 2005AprMay
- Kathryn Van Dyke: Notes
on Kathryn Van Dyke: Map of Possibilities, 2005Apr
- Amy Rathbone: Amy Rathbone: "probably raw.", 2005Mar
- Paul Cezanne: Cezanne's
Trees and House: Mirror and Skull, 2005Feb
- Phil Sims: Phil
Sims' Paintings: a Problem of Scale, 2005Jan
- Agnes Martin: Agnes
Martin, 1912-2004, 2004Dec
- Tao Chi (Shitao): About
a leaf from Tao-chi's Album for Taoist Yü, 2004Dec
- Byron Kim: Byron
Kim: At the Threshold of Painting?, 2004Dec
- Richard Schur: Richard
Schur's Paintings: Stacked, Packed, and Whacked, 2004Nov
- Joseph Hughes: Seeing
the Hovering Image: Joseph Hughes' Recent Paintings, 2004Oct
- Multi-Panel Paintings (Appleby, Kim, Lawson), 2004Sep
- George Lawson: Painting
Conveys So Much Spirit: George Lawson's San Cai Paintings, 2004Aug
Posted by chrisashley at
12:02 AM
December 01, 2005
Douglas Witmer at Minus Space
The following interview of Douglas Witmer, and the introduction written for the interview, was originally published at Minus Space on the occasion of his Minus Space online and gallery exhibition.

Douglas Witmer makes paintings with a purpose. I mean this in two ways — he makes paintings purposefully, and his paintings have a purpose. This is not to say in the least that his paintings are predetermined and strictly didactic. Despite their apparently structured appearance they are expressive rather than merely planned and executed, and porous rather than closed in meaning.
Witmer's varied and improvised use of color, surface, form, and material is surprisingly expressive. Anyone who spends time with Mondrian's signature paintings, for example, knows that they are not rigid repetitions. Similarly, the viewer will find that Witmer's paintings are individually achieved, and this is part of where his purposefulness lies: geometry is not something always precisely measured; it can be nuanced and emotional, and it often breaks rulesor has unlikely sources. My mention of Mondrian of course risks a misunderstanding via an assumed derivation or inheritance, so perhaps a more appropriate anduseful reference might be Klee's sensitive, playful, and inventive qualities.
As for the purpose of Witmer's paintings, this is always the tricky part — society generally wants to know what a piece of art is about, what it means, and what it is good for. But what does it really mean to understand art? Does it mean to know something with certainty, to explain it definitively, and then to move on? There usually isn't a single answer to art's meaning. Most good art is slippery — the meanings we try to catch and hold instead make us return to an art object again and again for confirmation and renewal.
Willem de Kooning's oft-quoted statement is apt here: "Content is a glimpse of something, an encounter like a flash. It's very tiny — very tiny, content." What we get from art may come in fragments, on the periphery and over time, and is often unexpected, indirect, and personal. Not only are Witmer's paintings open to viewer associations, but they intentionally invite these associations. This, I think, is part of the purpose of Witmer's art: these beautifully crafted, carefully considered paintings bear graphically clear but ambiguous images that make pictorial and physical spaces for the viewer to see, feel, and think. These spaces, handmade and shared, where nuance and touch are important, and where close-up observation of details matter, are where glimpses occur and meanings arise. These paintings involve the artist and the viewer in an intimate collaboration of looking. In a poem called Telling You All Rilke writes: "Let's invite something new/by unifying our silences;/if, then and there, we advance,/we'll know it soon enough." Meaning is found in the experience of looking at Witmer's paintings, not just in explanations, and in that looking a kind of knowing is possible.
— Chris Ashley, December 2005
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
The following conversation between Douglas Witmer and Chris Ashley was
conducted via email between late August and early November 2005, and supplemented
by extended conversations and studio visits in Philadelphia during October
6-11.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Chris Ashley: I first became familiar
with your paintings and drawings through digital images, and now after having
recently seen quite a bit of your work while in Philadelphia I can say that
the digital images are plainly not an adequate substitute for seeing the real
thing. For example, there is subtlety around the edges of your shapes,
nuanced brushwork, and small shifts in size between similar shapes, each with
unique edges from the hand-placed taping. Because often a valuable starting
point for looking at and comparing art objects is simply to take note of what
you see, I thought it might useful for you to describe some of the essential
material and physical characteristics of your recent paintings and works on
paper, and some thoughts about how and why you chose these.
Douglas Witmer: I sort of break it down into a short
list of dualities: horizontal versus vertical, light versus dark (more recently
I might call this “color” versus “white”), brushstroke
versus lack-of-brushstroke, shape versus field, and gloss versus matte.
When I first started exhibiting my work it was quite gestural and “expressionist.”
There came a point when gesturalism lost its meaning for me. I rejected
the improvisatory way I painted at that time and began a process of isolating
and examining the choices I make in painting. Eventually I reduced my
painting to a single repeated mark.
This might sound funny, but I enjoy watching cooking shows, and I especially
like overhead views of chefs working with all the ingredients pre-measured
in separate containers. As I took my painting practice apart, I began
to think of my painting choices this way. It had a clarifying effect,
because I could feel like I knew—or was conscious of—what I was
doing.
By rejecting gesturalism, I effectively eliminated my hand from my painting
for a number of years. More recently I came to realize how much I enjoy
the feeling of brushing and how I missed seeing it in my work. And so,
to use my cooking show analogy, reintroducing a visible brushstroke was a
matter of looking at the ingredients/components of my work and making choices
in order to find a new balance.
CA: Following this analogy, every painting
requires a unique recipe or you’re just making the same thing over and
over, which would be a violation of your past declaration that, “painting
is not a statement,” but is instead an ongoing, evolving relationship.
Elsewhere you wrote, “Perhaps contrary to their first impression, my
compositions are not pre-planned or measured ahead of time.” Few
of your current paintings seem to share a constant size, and color varies
quite a bit from work to work. Can you say a bit more about how you
actually go about making a painting?
DW: I work under the assumption that within simplest dualities
there are infinite and complicated possibilities. I try to treat every piece
as an individual, and I like the challenge of working out the decisions directly
on the pieces. With processes like mine that involve handiwork and an
emphasis on touch and tactility, even if it is quite subtle, I don’t
think I could repeat the same painting twice if I tried. I don’t
think of myself as especially prolific. There’s a lot of time
spent just looking and considering and mentally thinking through possibilities.
You could say that I have made some definitive choices about the things I
do in painting and the things I don’t do, but I’m not systematic
about those choices. Nothing I do is meant to be preparatory.
I make sketches, but they’re just notations and they rarely go directly
into anything. Occasionally I make a painting on paper and I will repeat its
basic components on a canvas. Size, scale, shape and color are determined
according to what feels right. Recently I made a large and small version of
the same painting, but they were just very similar to each other and very
different from each other.
Finally, there’s something I can’t explain about myself when
I work. No matter how much planning, scheming, ruminating or whatever
I put into a work, when it comes to the painting action, I never do what I
thought I was going to do. Or perhaps I should say, I’m never
prepared for what happens in painting.
CA: An encounter with paintings by the mid-15th
Century Sienese painter called the Osservanza Master was very significant
for you, and led you to identifying a kind of geometry that has become an
important aspect of your work. How did that happen?
DW: In 2000 I was in the midst of a frightening dry spell
with my work, and I was terribly ambivalent about the meaning of any kind
of painting gesture. One day I was in a used bookstore thumbing through
a catalog from an exhibition some years back at the Metropolitan Museum called
Painting in Renaissance Siena. I was particularly excited by
the work of the Osservanza Master, and then came across the reproduction of
a painting that's here in the collection of the Philadelphia Museum of Art,
one that I was always fond of in a very basic, naive, like/dislike kind of
way. I really didn't know anything about the painting, but something
about seeing that painting on that day in my life enabled me to move on.
I still had no idea of what to do next. In those Sienese paintings
I was attracted to the beautifully warm and radiant colors and the tight geometric
compositions. But the most meaningful part is how, despite their attempt
to depict space on the flat panel, each and every one fails, at least to my
21st Century eyes. It was like there was this visual longing trapped
inside the limits of the painter’s body. To me they completely
expressed the crisis I felt I was in, a sort of breakdown of seeing versus
belief. There was so much devotion or desire, but in the end no way
to fully represent that visually.
I tinkered a lot during the next months. I traced the reproductions
in the catalogue to see if I could isolate the compositions from the religious
scenes they were depicting. What came out of that process was the use
of a trapezoid shape, usually anchored to an edge of the image. It easily
connoted a receding plane, but could be handled so as to make it not function
the way it seemed like it was supposed to, and so it became a "space symbol."
In terms of an image with a personal emotional significance I thought of it
as pushing my painting down into itself in order that I could re-enter the
process, like walking out onto a platform into a new unknown. It seemed
right at the time to make the paintings large enough to feel that you could
physically enter them. So I had these paintings that were kind of spatial.
And around that time I started investigating the issue the opposite
way, by making tiny wooden reliefs—the Fruitville series— that
projected out from the wall, but were subtly manipulated to make them appear
flatter.
All that work made between 2000 and 2003 was very involved with the idea
of the perception of space, how that impacts one's sense of reality, and more
symbolically, one’s belief in something. Today I think I'm working
with much less of an idea. That is, I'm not trying so hard to make a
painting achieve a desired result. I rely much more on intuition, with
components that I allow to move or that I guide into place. I work from
the visual relationships and personal associations that occur during the process.
I feel like they come out of having a lot more faith in painting. I
don’t have a need to make them present questions of themselves.
And they are quite a bit flatter.
CA: What do what you mean by “pushing
my painting down into itself in order to re-enter the process.”
DW: I was making a huge overhaul of my painting.
The body of work that was current at that time (which is very different than
what I do today) had a distinct identity. I suppose you could say I
had formed an identity around it as well. My own work became a kind of barrier
for me. I liked the idea of pushing the painting down, but into itself.
It enabled me to learn that I can exert a lot of personal will into painting,
but that painting can also respond to and hold that. And that is when
I began to use the word “relationship” a lot in reference to my
practice.
CA: I’m interested in what you called “space
symbol,” and how this occurs or is used in your work. I think
you mean something different than a repeated or signature image, not just
a device. Do mean “symbol” as something that comes out of
culture, or is even archetypal? Some of the shapes you use are found
in lots of places; for example, you’ve acknowledged an interest in Indian
painting, too.
DW: In earlier work I think the trapezoid actually
was a device for me. In our time, the idea of one-point perspective
is so completely ingrained in our minds that we take it for granted.
It’s like we assume the view of the camera’s eye— the lens—
when we think about seeing. We forget that this is not the way we see
naturally with our two eyes, and that something is functioning physically
in our brain to blend both views into what we perceive. It’s easy
to see a trapezoid and automatically think “receding plane,” whether
or not it actually operates illusionistically. My intention was to use it
to fool the mind more than the eye. That’s what I mean by it being a
“space symbol.”
CA: You talked about devotion in Sienese painting
as both an act and a “visual longing trapped inside the limits of the
painter’s body,” which I think of as a feeling of striving towards
something. We have also talked about devotion and reverence. How does
this figure in your work?
DW: I aspire for my work to convey a sense that it is
grounded in a personal spirituality. This spirituality is not clearly
delineated for me in a way that I can put into words. But reverence
and devotion are components of how it manifests itself. Devotion can
simply be seen as practice, and reverence as an attitude within that practice.
For me reverence connotes something very quiet, a kindof hushed awe in the
presence of something larger than oneself. This larger presence could
be nature, history, or an ideal. I have been trying to make my work
seem quieter and quieter, even if it is strident in terms of its design.
I would like to think of it as silent. Silence is a precarious balance
that can be broken; it’s a situation with so much potential.
In terms of devotion, I just resonate with the idea of a constant, even,
but not closed and not unchanging practice, a momentum that is built up by
making, considering, even loving one's work. Tending to, caring about,
cherishing the work, working joyfully— do these seem like passé
values? Or is this the big secret that artists keep from one another
because it’s not smart enough to pass through the critical threshold,
that we do it because of love and devotion? Does it go without saying?
Should it go without saying?
CA: This seems like the right place to ask about
your Mennonite background, aspects of which you’ve referenced in statements
and conversation as being important in your art. I'm particularly interested
in the notion of the word "plain-ness" and the attitudes and practices that
go with that.
DW: I grew up pretty steeped in the Mennonite culture
of Lancaster County, Pennsylvania. Plain-ness is a practice that arose
in 19th Century America as a material acting out of earlier Mennonite ideals.
It was a primary way of distinguishing oneself from contemporary society.
Being plain meant forsaking expensive clothing, accoutrements, and conveniences
in favor of living a simple life and demonstrating humility rather than pridefulness.
There are still traditional Mennonite and Amish groups who would use the word
plain to describe themselves. My family didn't dress plain or drive
a buggy or car with all the chrome painted black, but there were vestiges
of that in the church where I grew up.
Plain-ness was also prevalent as a sort of "anti-design" principle in Mennonite
architecture. For instance, looking at the church I attended growing
up, you wouldn't be able to distinguish the front from the back except for
the double doors on one end. It's just a red brick rectangle with a
simple pitched roof sitting on top; no ornamentation, no steeple. No
images inside either, and in fact, Mennonites prefer the term "meetinghouse"
to "church”. The architecture of houses and barns is similar,
and these kinds of structures are all over Lancaster County. It's almost
a "minimalist" look, except using that word evokes a kind of high-minded aesthetic
which of course the Mennonites had no clue about. From a plain perspective,
it's just about having a decently built, simple and functional structure.
It's not a design principle. I think plain-ness comes from the literal
way Mennonites approach the Bible. Mennonites take the example of Jesus’
life literally, and growing up in this church culture I didn't learn how to
think in terms of metaphor.
So when I started becoming an artist I found myself drawn immediately to
the basic components of painting. I had little or no interest in depicting
subject matter, but a lot of interest in terms of how a painting could be
made. And I think I took it for granted that a "well-made" painting
was in fact a message in and of itself. These days I find myself trying
to do things in ways that are very clear. I like when actions sort of
"name themselves" in a painting, such as brushwork that just declares itself
as brushwork, or a color that is simply itself, not an in-between kind of
color. Or I like when certain components of a painting show you what
other components are, such as a matte surface calling attention to a gloss
surface.
The more I consider it, I think the tendency towards plain-ness comes out
of a desire for a mindset of purity and humility that is integrated in a way
that is always guiding one's thoughts and actions. Whether or not this
is still the way plain-ness is practiced materially by current Mennonites,
I believe it is an ideal that guides my painting practice.
CA: Where do your current images come from?
Do any of your paintings contain shapes borrowed or derived from the farms,
landscape, or crafts around Lancaster County? There are kinds of framings
and structures in your current work that can be read as fields, boundaries,
foundations, skeletons and scaffolding.
DW: This is a really difficult question for me to answer.
Earlier this year Linn Meyers asked me a similar question— “What
are your paintings pictures of?” In retrospect, I answered somewhat
flippantly. I said I don’t paint pictures of any thing; I make paintings.
This was kind of a half-answer, of course, because the images I end up making
absolutely come from very personal places for me. What are the names
for these places? I’m as ambivalent about answering a question
like this for you as I am for myself. On the one hand shouldn’t
I scrutinize this in the same way I scrutinize the mechanics of my painting?
Or is it better that I leave it unsaid, wordless, in a way protected even
from myself, to be simply felt in my (or your) act of seeing it, whatever
“it” is? I guess I would feel badly if I knew that things
I said about my work would become a stand-in for someone’s actual experience
of seeing my work.
I‘ll reiterate that when it comes to my imagery I don’t think
in the types of words you have just said, though I welcome those associations.
I tend to focus on the obvious materiality of what I have made. So what
I would call a glossy white rectangle you might read as a boundary.
Nevertheless, I care that I make the material specifics of the glossy white
rectangle have the potential to convey feeling that is quite immaterial.
I will also tell you about something particular I’ve noticed recently
while I work. To a degree, I have always been an observational painter
in that things I see or fragments from things I see undergo a process of distillation
in the studio. I photograph a lot of things for future reference.
But there has been a shift in my thoughts from this kind of observation towards
visual memories from my early childhood.
This is relevant as we talk about where and how I was raised. Lancaster
County and the Mennonite community there have both changed drastically since
I was a child. It was a much more distinct and, I think, special kind
of place and culture than it is today. Just as an example, off the top of
my head I can think of at least a dozen families my family knows whose once-pristine
farms have been paved over and developed into McMansion subdivisions.
My own family’s greenhouse business, begun in 1898 by my great-great
grandfather, was forced to close this year; the land has been sold to developers.
Every time I drive back from Philadelphia it breaks my heart to see and experience
it dissolving into the mainstream American culture of affluence and consumption.
Talk about innocence lost.
You could say that I idealize or fantasize my memories of that time and place,
which is probably true. But it’s a useful fantasy for me.
It generates a feeling of an ideal that I can paint towards.
CA: Where do you see your work fitting into
the continuum of abstract art?
DW: Once I heard someone refer to some artists including
Agnes Martin as “heaven painters.” I can’t recall
the context, but I remember thinking I wouldn’t object to someone using
that term for me. To an extent, I see artists falling into two very
generalized groups: those who go for layering and complexity, and those who
go for distillation and simplification. Of course, I am among the latter.
People still argue abstraction’s validity. I assume they focus
on the arc of 20th Century abstraction practiced in Western civilization as
codified by Western art history. The fact of the matter is that abstraction,
and geometric form in particular, has long been—has perhaps always been—connected
to human spiritual aspiration.
CA: As we’ve talked several topics have
been raised that seem to share a religious thread. You’ve talked
about Sienese religious painting, Mennonite culture, and ideas about devotion
and reverence, and you said, “I aspire for my work to convey a sense
that it is grounded in a personal spirituality.” All of this has
been instrumental in the formation of your current work, but you haven’t
made any claims that your work is itself spiritual, or aids a viewer’s
spirituality. Instead, you say that your work is very much rooted in
the material, with color and form being nothing more than what they are. The
experience of looking is important for you. You want this experience,
as I understand it, to be for the viewer about observation, time, and presence.
I see that as realism. I see your work as perhaps secular, but certainly
not agnostic; instead, I see your work as trying to reach people, and I think
of that as social, as serving a purpose. I wonder if you see your art
in that way.
DW: You’re right. I do not and cannot make
a claim that the work itself is spiritual. At one time I would have
also suggested that my paintings were not necessarily art—that all I
could do was do the best I could to make the visual situation and then release
it in hope that another person could have an art experience in relationship
to it like I did. This attitude was formed during that period of profound
questioning, and I was reacting exactly to what you bring up in terms of the
paintings being “nothing” but fabric stretched over wood with
pigmented liquefied plastic applied to it. The Mennonite culture has
produced a lot of highly skilled functional craftspeople, but few studio artists.
Warren Rohrer was an enormous exception— no surprise that his life and
work have been great examples for me. I think the assumption is that
a painting doesn’t do anything, and that attitude dogs me all the time,
from within myself. Add to that the more contemporary notion of “art
for art’s sake” and painting can quickly stand for isolated self-centeredness,
which is a complete affront. But then there are all these examples—
the Sienese panels are just one instance from human history—of painting
having a real use to a community or society. One of the things I love
about some of those Sienese panels is they actually exhibit use: people would
scratch at the eyes of the evil spirits portrayed.
So I have these related questions: What use is there for my painting?
What can my paintings do? I realized at some point that the simple act
of seeing, in a situation where you can actually feel or perceive yourself
seeing, is where all the power in an art experience is for me. It’s
a sort of para-intellectual experience. It doesn’t turn its back on
anything that you know, but in the moments of this kind of seeing, processes
of explanation or definition are suspended. In my mind it has everything
to do with the material specifics of the art object. I assume that if
I feel the need for this kind of experience then others do as well.
Maybe that thought forms a kind of statement of purpose, perhaps a statement
of faith that I didn’t always have for painting.
Posted by chrisashley at
09:51 AM
November 22, 2005
Joy Garnett
Joy Garnett emails that paintings from her new series Strange Weather will be published in Harper's January '06 issue (view images of the paintings).
One image is below. In this painting everything feels fast and distorted; there is speed in this painting, something split-second and about to happen, ominous and impending. As the viewer, we not only look at this scene but are caught up as part of it, only now and suddenly becoming aware of what is coming our way. Perhaps just about to enter reaction mode, we're still considering the weather, wondering what kind of threat approaches, only peripherally seeing the car speeding away from whatever is happening in the sky, mostly just feeling and hearing it as a blur. What should we do?
I can't help but think of the storm early in The Wizard of Oz, where Dorothy encounters others trying to escape the tornado, and it's the tornado that sends her on her journey. Do we enter the storm or run from it? Those with resources can flee; in post-Katrina days, a storm is more than something to get through- it's also potentially a political divide. In our day it's the car that takes the place of one of Turner's ships in a storm. We can't forget that nature is bigger than us.
Look at more of these paintings- there's some nice painting going on, and lots more strange weather.
I must also mention Joy's weblog NEWSgrist, an excellent, consistent, and serious place for art news, links, politics, analysis, culture, etc.
Joy Garnett, Strange Weather (3), 2005, 20 x 26 inches, Oil on canvas
Posted by chrisashley at
09:42 PM
November 07, 2005
Fernando Colón González at Larry Becker Contemporary Art, Philadelphia
Fernando Colón González at Larry Becker Contemporary Art, Philadelphia, September 24 - November 12, 2005
Fernando Colón González presented twelve paintings in a two-person show with Rebecca Salter at Larry Becker Contemporary Art in Philadelphia. All of these paintings are Flasche on horizontal panels measuring 11 x 14 inches certificate size except for one vertical with the same dimensions. A brace on the back of each panel makes the painting hang a half inch or so off the wall; the space this puts between painting and wall, and the shadows this casts, make the paintings feel independent of the wall, while also creating the effect of lightness, thinness, and momentary vulnerability.
Each painting has a solidly colored background. At first glance this field appears relatively flat, but a brief investigation of the surfaces and edges of these panels reveals that many have been painted a few times, in successive iterations, so that the surfaces have just the slightest topography and the edges have a little crust from previous action.
On top of each ground, located more or less in the middle of the panel, is a kind of figurative element painted in a color different from the background. They all seem to be painted in a short period of time with the same size brush. What are these trees, rocks, hills? Plumbing, radiators, schematics?
Coat racks, Bullwinkle, cartoonish limbs and organs? Maybe they are nothings hinting at or masquerading as unnamable somethings. Maybe they are wannabes. Or maybe they are somethings for which we don't have a name.
These are two-color paintings landing in-between something depicted and something invented. Flasche, a water-based vinyl paint often used in animation, is opaque and bright and, when painted more thickly, as Colón González uses it, gives the paintings the quality of having a soft Play Doh skin. This makes the paintings feel doughy, fleshy, rubbery, and pliant. It's hard to put your finger on what exactly these figures might be. Are they from somewhere in the lands between cartoons and serious abstraction? And would that be the Hinterlands, the Wastelands, or the Promised Lands? There is a determined self-consciousness here of restraint and purpose that hints at something more like the latter, which the Merriam-Webster Online Dictionarydefines as, "a place or condition believed to promise final satisfaction or realization of hopes."
This body of work shows a consistent treatment of scale, paint, and mark. It is impressive how these small paintings, intimate and sensual yet so modest on first impression, project a delicate muscularity and endurance. By this I mean that there is an intricately human physicality present in the way the strokes are carefully placed with an even pressure and delineation. Each mark shows the quivering movement of the hand; this might be evidence of a heart beat, a blink, or breathing or, instead, breath being held. This is nervous system art; the marks result from an arm poised ready to receive a signal to begin and end, and for a brief moment the painter's body is right behind and pushing into and pulling back on the brush. It is a fine line between success and failure.
Although each finished painting may happen quickly, the resulting images feel slow and deliberate. Lines build in passes, turns, stacks, and overlappings to aggregate into the figures which possess in retrospect an intuitive logic. Each figure is new and inventive. In some cases one stroke is laid after another in a barely-interrupted sequence of pulled and lifted marks that result in a constructed, almost architectural figure.
In other cases the brush is never lifted, but instead stops and turns in a continuous path of paint that might form a more organically grown shape. The marks show very brief moments of hesitation, thought, and decision. This kind of painting is primitive and basic; it is pre-literate and sign-like, between extemporaneous and planned. The absence of language lingers in these forms, leaning towards symbol.
Colón González's paintings are playful and ambiguous, open to viewer response despite an apparently iterative process that demonstrates a yearning intention to say something. Intention is intimated in the iterations and in each painting's appearance of having been made almost at once, or in two or three short steps. One can follow their making like a performance. This kind of painting requires a presence in the moment even a planned image is spontaneous. But this is not gestural, expressive work, and it is not easy. It is hard to paint something that stays, that holds its place, and to do it consistently with wit and intelligence. In this is the conceptual basis of the work: the painter sets up parameters in which to act, and the resulting painted image is the end product of a performance.
The performative aspect of this work makes me wonder: is this genuineaction painting? I mean this in a way different from how the term has been used historically. In 1952 critic Harold Rosenberg first used the term Action Painting regarding Abstract Expressionists such as Pollock, Kline, and de Kooning, when he wrote that, "the canvas began to appear to one American painter after another as an arena in which to act rather than a space in which to reproduce, redesign, analyze or 'express' an object, actual or imagined." In Rosenberg's usage, however, the label ended up being quite useless except when applied to second and third-generation AbExers who, according to commonly accepted, although perhaps inaccurate, critical analysis carried on a kind of mannerist expressionism. Instead, I think Colón González's intention is to produce, design, analyze or 'express' an object, actual or imagined, and he does this through a loosely ruled, procedure-based practice that demands a physically sensitive and emotional involvement which requires stamina, a light touch, charm, and sense of adventure and invention.
In addition to being concise yet a little mysterious, I think Colón González's paintings are funny, which is a kind of intelligence I admire. The figures are maybe a little goofy, and an initial take on size, color, and image might bring the words fun or cute to mind. I have read that the painter Thomas Nozkowski isn't fond of the idea of humor that some people have about his work. I can understand why he wouldn't want one's experience or understanding to stop there. Certainly, there are lots of other things going on in Nozkowski's work, but I think that there are such surprising and offbeat passages in his paintings that the label of humor is simply the highest praise. I feel the same way about the paintings here.
I am wondering about what I think I perceive as the ethics of Colón González's paintings. Uh oh, ethics and art what do they have to do with each other? Broaching this places one very far out on a very thin limb. Isn't art supposed to be beyond morality and ethics? Wasn't postmodern art supposed to do something like expose the hypocrisy of a corrupted capitalist fine art in culture, and isn't art in this post-postmodern period in turn supposed to celebrate and revel in this hypocrisy? Well, sure, when I read all about that kind of situation, and when I intellectualize the dilemma from afar, I suppose the answer is, for me, a dreaded yes.
But when I walk in the woods, am in good company or eating good food, then neither the postmodern nor the post-postmodern really applies to me. I see a whole other range of cultural possibilities that are expressive, pleasant, beautiful, communicative, emotional, funny, earnest, ambiguous, quirky, touching, sentimental, resilient, personal, perceptive, persistent, studied, rigorous, tough, resonant, and so on. I can't help but think that intention and commitment— staying true to a concept, staying human in the process, staying present in the making, and finding real resolution in the making of a painting— has an ethical quality, something with a sense of purpose and honesty. To do that with wit and charm, which seem like lighter things, but also with full awareness and consistency within a conceptual framework, which has more gravity, and to bring both the light and heavy together successfully, seems to me a moral dilemma, requiring a highly ethical navigation, which is not an easy thing to do. I think Colón González's paintings do that with tremendous success.
Chris Ashley
Oakland, CA
November 2005
1,414 words
All paintings Fernando Colón González, Untitled, 2005, Flasche on panel, 11 x 14 inches; photos Larry Becker Contemporary Art, Philadelphia; used without permission. Gallery views Chris Ashley, 20051010.
Posted by chrisashley at
12:00 AM
October 31, 2005
Nancy White at Takada Gallery, San Francisco
Nancy White paintings at Takada Gallery, San Francisco
Nancy White showed seven paintings at
Takada Gallery in San Francisco. All of the paintings are in oil on plexi, horizontals, all in the twenty to thirty inch width range. The paintings hang out about a half inch from the wall, thin and hovering.
All of the paintings consist of triangles of varying sizes, shape, color and intensity are plac on a painted white field, some abutting and clustering together to form shapes most obviously reminiscent of origami. If what these paintings showed and did stopped right there so would my writing. But there is more.
These shapes do an awful lot of folding and unfolding, but with a kind of continual persistence and movement that makes them not stay as things, but instead as shapes and spaces that are continually becoming and coming apart. This also means that there is a continually active assembly and disassembly of internal and external spaces. In once instance as a viewer I may see and go into a space and then back out of it again to move around the painting. In the next instance I may see and go into a space only to have it fall apart or implode.
One may suddenly notice that three or four unconnected triangles spread out across the painting are positioned in such a way that one or two of their edges suddenly align and define the outline of a rectangle spanning a large portion of the painting in something approximating one point persepective. And just as suddenly the rectangle pulls apart as another set aligns and pulls our vision into seeing another rectangle. Some of this alignment is reinforced by shapes of similar color or value. Sometimes the alignment snaps into some other kind of shape, and then dissovles or fades again as we move on another alignment.
White works with a consistently peculiar palette. There are browns that look like purple, oranges that look like brown, and browns that look like they're made with five other colors. Occasionally there's a green, or one or two shapes with a blue, all a little difficult to place. It's a hard palette to name. Colors like these should be natural, but they instead or very personal and handled, mixed beyond naming. There's a way that the colors feel like those printed on jazz record sleeves from the early sixties: a little faded, separated in blocks, low in saturation but starkly surrounded by white. At one point Takada turned off the gallery lights and the paintings changed dramatically; not only did color change, of course, but the entire surface and density of color went from hard and flat to deep and worked, with the barest hint of brushwork, sanding, and coats of paint suddenly evident.
The color has other qualities. Some are dense and brighter while others are so tinted as to almost dissappear into the white backround in bright low are from certain angles. These different colors influence how triangles sit on the surface or fade in and out of view; this influences how some triangles align and the space they make, resulting in odd rhythms and synocpation. The movement speeds up or slows down, with unexpected emphases. White's title for this show, between the backbeat, seems apt.
This activity happens in rapid sequence, which makes this difficult work for the casual viewer. These paintings are animated, with constant movements in parallel narratives. They are time-based; as one looks parts of the paintings are made and unmade. The experience of looking at these is a constant cycling of past, present, and future. Here there is a beauty in material, in a sustained intelligent and intuitive energy.

Nancy White, between the backbeat, Oil on plexi, 21-1/2" x 34-1/2
Chris Ashley
Oakland, CA 2005
Photos Takada Gallery, used without permission.
Posted by chrisashley at
05:08 PM
Teresita Fernández at the Fabric Workshop, Philadelphia
I saw
Teresita Fernández's exhibit of two sculputures and a series of drawings/collages at the
Fabric Workshop on Monday, October 10 when I visited Philadelphia. I wouldn't have been able to see it if the Fabric Workshop didn't have Monday hours, which is not a typical art world day to be open. My other days in town had been full, but it just so happened that I was downtown that Monday, and it was an easy walk from Philadelphia's Old City where I had seen, among other things, Independence Hall, Benjamin Franklin's grave, and the Liberty Bell. I had time, and I had history in mind.
If you have never been to the Fabric Workshop it's well worth a visit. This is the first art-making facility I've ever been in that allows visitors to walk freely through the huge studio/workshop. Long tables spanning the loft, perhaps fifty feet long or so, have bolts of fabric with work in progress rolled out. Patterns are spread on a table, studio workers are looking over drawings or working out details, and sewing or dyeing may be going on. The actual working space is enormous, and examples of work are up on the walls. It's a really interesting place, with lots to look at and great access for the visitor.

Besides the studio the main workshop floor has offices and a good-sized room to show work. Teresita Fernández is on this floor. One floor up is another huge, three room exhibit area. This is where I saw Single Screen Selections of Rare Film and Audio from the Pamela and Richard Kramlich Collection, with prime examples by Gilbert & George, Bruce Nauman, and Dara Birnbaum's classic Wonder Woman, among others. Not exactly fabric, but I'm not complaining.
Teresita Fernández, as everyone knows by now, is a genius. That is, she is a 2005 MacArthur Fellow, giving her what is often called a genius grant. I don't think that is what the MacArthur Foundation itself calls these grants, but a quick search using the term genius grant will result in links to places that demonstrate that just about everyone else calls them genius grants. The appellation genius must be a terrible burden to bear, but I'm sure the $500,000 award makes that load a little lighter. I was already curious about the Fabric Workshop, knew of Fernández's recent award, and couldn't pass up the opportunity to see the work of a genius since geniuses in the art world are very difficult to find, or at least very difficult to identify, or more probably very hard to define.
Do I sound a little cynical, or something? I don't really mean to sound that way. It can't be jealousy, you see, since I, not being a genius, was hardly in the competition for a genius grant. No, I'm just curious: what makes for a genius artist? What is genius-level artmaking? Perhaps my visit to the Fabric Workshop would enlighten me. Perhaps a little geniousness would rub off on me. Perhaps I'd simply like the art. Perhaps walking alone in this big city for the first time, taking in history, seeing art, just having time to soak stuff in, breathing and looking, is a kind of genious way to exist. Maybe instead I was feeling relaxed and receptive.
Teresita Fernández in collaboration with The Fabric Workshop and Museum, Philadelphia, Fire, 2005. Woven dyed silk fiber, steel armature, epoxy. 96 x 132 inches (diameter). Photo: Aaron Igler, used without permission.
Fernández exhibit is in one large room. One sculpture lays on the floor, a flat, mishapen plank about the size of a body encrusted with glass particles that shift light and color as one walks around it. On two of the four walls are fifteen to twenty works on paper hung in one line, all in burning reds and yellows with and black sections and center sections torn out or collaged to make an image of fire. Near the middle of the room hung the big work, the main event, Fire.
To save some effort, why not let the press release describe Fire:
As an Artist-in-Residence, Fernández worked with FWM staff to create Fire. This monumental, delicate sculpture is composed of two concentric circles of thousands of silk threads that hover, suspended in the gallery. The silk threads, hand-dyed shades of lush reds, oranges and yellows, come to life as one circles the piece. The two concentric layers of threads flicker under the gallery lights, losing their materiality and becoming animated as pure color and light.
A truly collaborative effort and feat of technical innovation, Fernández worked with FWM Project Coordinator Mary Anne Friel, professional spray master Michael Wommack, weaver Pam Pawl, and sculptor Georghe Adam. Starting with the initial concept of a "ring of fire," the project went through many material incarnations. Crucial to the piece's development was a trip to the renowned textile manufacturer Scalamandré, until recently located in Queens, NY. The facility's long rows of stretched warp threads inspired Friel and Fernández to leave behind the weightiness of materials like resins and plastics. Finally, partially woven threads were stretched taut and suspended between two custom-made steel rings and hand-dyed using an innovative technique of airbrush color dyeing.
Immediately upon entering the gallery, and before reading anything about the work, I of course thought, "ring of fire." And as I walked around Fire, seeing and experiencing a continously animated fire image, I thought, "zoetrope." Here's more of what I thought, easily expressed by simply pasting a few quotes found with a little search engine research:
The Ring of Fire is a zone of frequent earthquakes and volcanic eruptions that encircles the basin of the Pacific Ocean. It is associated with a nearly continuous series of oceanic trenches, island arcs, and volcanic mountain ranges and / or plate movements. It is sometimes called the circum-Pacific seismic belt.
About 71% of the world's largest earthquakes occur within the Ring of Fire. [1] The Alpide belt, which extends from Java to Sumatra through the Himalayas, the Mediterranean, and out into the Atlantic, accounts for another 17%, and the Mid-Atlantic Ridge is a third prominent earthquake belt.
The Ring of Fire is a direct consequence of plate tectonics and the movement and collisions of crustal plates (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pacific_Ring_of_Fire).
Love Is A Burning Thing
And It Makes A Fiery Ring
Bound By Wild Desire
I Fell Into A Ring Of Fire
I Fell Into A Burning Ring Of Fire
I Went Down, Down, Down
And The Flames Went Higher
And It Burns, Burns, Burns
The Ring Of Fire
The Ring Of Fire
(http://www.toptown.com/hp/66/ringoffire.htm)
The zoetrope is the third major optical toy, after the thaumatrope and phenakistoscope, that uses the persistence of motion principle to create an illusion of motion. It consists of a simple drum with an open top, supported on a central axis. A sequence of hand-drawn pictures on strips of paper are placed around the inner bottom of the drum. Slots are cut at equal distances around the outer surface of the drum, just above where the picture strips were to be positioned.
To create an illusion of motion, the drum is spun; the faster the rate of spin, the smoother the progression of images. A viewer can look through the wall of the zoetrope from any point around it, and see a rapid progression of images. Because of its design, more than one person could use the zoetrope at the same time (http://courses.ncssm.edu/gallery/collections/toys/html/exhibit10.htm).
Fire is a life-size animated fire image made with dyed string hung just off the ground between metal hoops. It's quite beautiful, very physical, somewhat simple, elegant and imaginative. As you walk around it vision goes alternately focused and unfocused- we see the material and fabrication on one round, and on the next we unfocus so that material stops being itself and becomes magical image.
There is no evidence that Fernández is thinking of earthquakes and volcanoes, unless her glass-encrusted flat sculpture is supposed to convey the shifting of tectonic plates. And there is no evidence that Fernández has in mind June Carter Cash's lyrics of tormenting love memorably sung by her husband, the late, great Johnny Cash. The idea of a zoetrope is so obvious that, even despite the absence of any declarative statement, it's hard not to image it being an intentional association. What I ultimately feel is that I am looking at a raging fire burning in a cylinder, and I am able to walk around and against this wall of fire without harm- there's is no risk, no danger.
In the end, I think of Fire as a trick. It's a trick I like, but how many times do I want to walk around it? How much do I want to stand back and take it in? Why can't I walk into the center of it and look out? Why do I end up feeling that this work is a simple gesture?
Here's my final association: the Wall of Death is a carnival stunt. A motorcyclist rides around the inside of a huge, wide ring laid on it's side, faster and faster until the rider is parallel to the ground defying gravity with centrifugal force, at which points gas jets around the ring turn on, a flame is lit, and the rider continues circling at a high speed encircled by a ring of fire. Impressive, and kind of cool to look at, but it doesn't really take a genius to do it. You knew I was going to say that, right?
Chris Ashley
Oakland, CA
October 2005
Posted by chrisashley at
03:32 PM
October 24, 2005
Raymond Saunders' "Coloring", 2005
Installation view, 20051022: Raymond Saunders at Stephen Wirtz Gallery, San Francisco
As a former student of Raymond Saunders' (at California State University, Hayward, 1978-80) I think I know his work fairly well, and it had no small influence on my own paintings and collages at that time. I've seen just about every San Francisco solo show of his since around 1980 or so, all at Wirtz. The other day I referred to his "chops and verve," an allusion to jazz that I'm sure Ray would not only appreciate but for which he would take full credit.
I have to confess to sometimes feeling a bit tired of aspects of his work which in more cynical times I would call visual schtick. Typically present is the nearly constant use of allover black grounds, which works so well as a unifying field for just about anything placed on it. He relies on a continual use of primary colors, most especially red and yellow, and lots of white. He recycles a limited set of images, particulary flowers, a woman's half-length profile, and high-shouldered jars or vases, and sometimes makes precious use of found collage material, the meaning of which can seem a little too pat. And finally, there is a reliance on an awesome and natural command of mark and gesture making that seems to flow from his arm so masterfully that I often wonder if he's even trying.
Does this sound like the son attacking the father? Perhaps a bit. The truth is that I am often awed by his physical command of medium, by the absolutely gorgeous things he makes, and by the seriousness of his subject matter that is often as plain as the nose on your face: it's there but you can't see it immediately because you're looking past it into the world he has created.
Sometimes it's useful to refer to other artists to identify what another artist is doing. How about this: Saunders (b. 1932, Pittsburgh, PA) composes freewheeling but meaningful and rhythmic space like Pollock at his 1950 peak. He uses the debris of life as purposefully and sneakily as Rauschenberg. His work has the wit of Saul Steinberg. Romare Bearden's drive, facture, and spirit is never far from the heart of his work. Jacob Lawrence dedication to the story of his people and his crafted, plain images are a model for Saunders. In a just world, Basquiat would be known as a Student in the House of Saunders, and Ray would get triple points along with that title simply for going the distance.
Raymond Saunders, Their Nothing into Beautiful, 2005, mixed media on canvas, 81 x 77 inches
Saunders's latest show, filling both galleries at Wirtz, is a real tour de force. It delivers in ways one has come to expect of him, but he seems to have stepped things up a tiny notch. There are some really large works, and there is a proliferation of flowers; they're in just about every painting, big blooming things bursting forth in pinks, whites, and yellows, many painted in hard attacks of controlled spills and swipes, painted with the directness of Chinese landscape painting. Some of the paintings are so full of different-sized flowers that they hang and overlap, so full and lush that they seem to project from the surface.
All in all, it's a beautiful, solid show-- signature Saunders. But then there is the back room, where I had my respect for Saunders suddenly lifted substantially by an installation on the floor and wall of various pieces of this and that, something he's done occasionally over the years. Instead of doing it on a panel or canvas, he takes it to the wall. In this single large work he stakes his claim as an artist with serious things on his mind, and says it using his familiar method in such a way that it all becomes new again.
Raymond Saunders, Coloring, 2005, mixed media, at Stephen Wirtz Gallery, San Francisco
An inventory of Coloring's bits and pieces will get at its meaning:
- A large unfinished, unstretched canvas hangs askew on the wall; it's either been tacked up in a hurry, or it's a picture knocked off-center by a jolt, wind, or violence.
- The shape of a hand has been cut from a multi-layered sheet of black plastic revealing the white of the wall.
- The multiple black plastic cutout hands are scattered on the floor and around a woman's profile on a black ground on plywood- has this slipped off the wall and onto the floor, or was it thrown down and walked over?
- More black paint hands are smeared on a piece of paper on the floor.
- A black hand print is pressed on the wall above a vase of flowers on the floor.
- Next to the hand print is a CD jacket for Something To Believe In, a collection of songs by Black artists: Change Is Gonna Come by Otis Redding, Think, by Aretha Franklin, Higher And Higher by Jackie Wilson, and so on. The painting on the CD cover is by Jacob Lawrence.
- Not far away near the floor a postcard of a Romare Bearden collage of a group of people is taped to the wall.
- A tall wide column made of large sheets of printed paper fixed to the wall rises above the Romare Bearden, flanked on each side by carved wood African masks- the genuine article.
- Near the top of the paper column are printout sheets of Prince Valiant comics and consumer goods, probably from the late 20's or 30's, emblematic of an American industrial and middle class ideal.
- Further down the column are prints of a wordless Mickey Mouse comic, also probably from the 30's, complete with a dark, big-lipped monkey king and a barrel of smaller monkeys drawn in the same cariacaturish way that African Americans were drawn in that period.
- At the lower right is a New York Times page dated October 1 with the headeline, "Another Casualty of Our War." Thunk! It's about the after affects of Hurricane Katrina, New Orleans, racism in America, the politics of disaster, and haves and have nots.
 |  |  |
| Click each for large view. |
Coloring has an assertive truth-telling in its accumulated pieces, but the telling is seductive. It's beautiful, and that's where we often tend to stay, isn't it? But underneath is the story of privilege, segregation, things awry, and racism. That one powerful punch line, "Another Casualty of Our War," hidden down at the bottom of the column, overshadowed by so much beauty and consumerism, makes us go back and look through everything else all over again, reassessing beauty for its meaning. Coloring is both elegiac and accusatory, demanding and sensuous. This is the piece, hidden in the back room, that made me go back through Saunders's large solo show and see the rest of the work with a new, heightened appreciation. Not just chops and verve, but also topicality and editorializing, illustrating and proselytizing, demonstrating and testifying with heart and soul, skill and mastery in the simplest materials: cloth, paper, wood, paint.
Chris Ashley
Oakland, CA 2005
Posted by chrisashley at
05:14 PM
October 03, 2005
The Hands in Manet's "The Dead Christ and the Angels"

There are three figures, four hands, and two feet in Édouard Manet's The Dead Christ and the Angels[1]. This remarkable painting at the Metropolitan Museum, New York was painted in 1864. It is remarkable because it is a painting with a contradiction. It is an agnostic painting, and deeply human.
The Dead Christ is a modern painting because it is obviously staged and theatrical, and it is real in a way that past religious painting never tried to be. Positioned on either side of Jesus, the angels look like his contemporaries posed for the scene. These two young women are nearly the same size as the savior, and they emanate none of the supernatural light that angels are expected to have. Instead, they are lit from the same source as Christ, which comes from the direction of the painter. In a sense, they bask in the glow of the painter's sight. Also, these two contemporary angels are much different from angels in paintings three hundred years earlier who might be of an entirely different scale and bearing from Christ, practically appearing as aliens.
This painting is doubtful, meaning that it depicts a fictitious scene, which is to say it's agnostic. Yet it is also a a deeply human and emotional painting, loaded with pathos. There is a sorrow in the painting that results from an acknowledgement of great loss: there is the death of a human, which is tragic; there is the loss of a possible savior, which is catastrophic; and there is the possibility that there is no savior at all, which is hopeless and devastating.

Manet's painting is made with an almost off-hand, confident, easy directness. Look beyond the overall image- the part of the painting that is the picture of things that you recognize- and simply look at the paint itself. It's something you see when go up close to the painting and look closely at its surface. What does the paint tell you? If you read the paint, Manet demonstrates for the viewer that paint is merely a material means to representation, a fabrication, and that there are lots of shortcuts in using paint to achieve representation.
Manet's paint in The Dead Christ is almost like tempera, like children's paint. You know when preschoolers stand at their little easels and use fat brushes to cover sheets of paper with tempera paint from bottles, and the paint just goes on and covers and colors and has this strong presence, very direct? That's the paint in this painting. It's such a straight shot from the brush, right from Manet's wrist and hand. There isn't a lot of messing around- well, there probably is some fussiness, getting the strokes and the color in the right places, but that doesn't really show. The paint and the strokes fall into place, into a holistic surface descriptive enough to become the image of a dead Christ and two angels. There is a consistent quality to the paint throughout: the strokes weave and merge, the colors make a seamless whole, and the surface integrates into a coherent and contained composition. And it gets even more direct; look at the dark outlines around many of the shapes, for example, the hands- Manet draws with the brush with a powerfully clear intent, much in the same way our young preschooler would outline an object This plainness, a way of painting that is material and just descriptive enough, matches Manet's faith, or rather, lack of it.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
There are three figures, four hands, and two feet in this painting. These extremities express three key emotions: love, grief, and finality.
The hand of the angel on the right supports Christ's head, while her left hand, hidden behind cloth so it's not really present, supports his elbow. She holds him tenderly, with great love, but her effort is also exertion, as she holds Jesus's head up so we can see his face. Without her support Christ's head would flop back, and his body would appear to be headless. Through her strength and action we bear witness: he is dead. Her face shows this awareness. One can't help but think of the infamous photograph of Che Guevara in a final pose taken to prove that he really is dead; Jesus's death was also seen as the end of a dangerous radical, but who knew how that would turn out?
The hand of the angel on the left is at her forehead in grief. Her fingers are spread; one arches up to her forehead, pressing at pressing its point near the bridge of the nose, trying to makes sense, to intellecutalize this event: can this have really happened? Her smallest finger pushes into her eye, as if in disbelief at what she's seen.
The only figure showing both hands and any feet is that of a dead body, of Jesus. Both hands and feet show wounds that evidence a final betrayal and sacrifice; his pierced lifeless hands are laid palm up, and there are blunt, ragged holes on the top of his feet. His hands lay open, almost in a shrug, as if to say, "See, I told you," or, "Whaddya gonna do?" Jesus' right hand (on the left), the "proper and honest" hand, is brighter, more open, painted "better." It shows the faintest flicker of a hint of life, which is just about to seep away. His left hand (on the right) is darker, muddier, more closed; that hand is gone, collapsed, lifeless. Jesus looks quite mortal, and his hands and feet are now just meat, flesh drained of all blood.
Manet's Christ has much in common with other paintings. For example, Andrea Mantegna's The Lamentation over the Dead Christ, c. 1490[2], and Hans Holbein's The Body of the Dead Christ in the Tomb, 1521[3] both show Jesus's body as mortal, tortured flesh, particularly the northerner Holbein's, which shows an emaciated cadaver. Both Holbein and Mategna bring the witness up close, as if they are right beside the corpse. Manet puts Christ on stage, however, like a publicity shot, keeping the viewer at a distance. The rocks and the snake in the foreground are like props, papier mache objects in a diorama. Our distance from the event makes us casual observers, if we want that, but finally Jesus is our contemporary, one of us, and the wounds seem more real, even plausible.
It's that brutal finality, lifelessness shown in ordinary ways-- in hands, fingers, and feet, body parts just like ours, a likeness that we share-- that makes this Christ stand not only for our own mortality, but also for the sense of loss we feel as time goes by, as people we love go away, as we imagine our own end. Manet's agnosticism-- a failure to fully believe in a being greater than ourselves-- makes the subject much more human, and much more personal, sadder, brighter, momentary, brilliant, and unique.
[1] The Dead Christ and the Angels, 1864, Édouard Manet (French, 1832–1883), Oil on canvas; 70 5/8 x 59 in. (179.4 x 149.9 cm), H. O. Havemeyer, Collection, Bequest of Mrs. H. O. Havemeyer, 1929 (29.100.51)
[2] The Lamentation over the Dead Christ, Mantegna, Andrea, (b. 1431, Isola di Cartura, d. 1506, Mantova), . c. 1490, Tempera on canvas, 68 x 81 cm, Pinacoteca di Brera, Milan
[3] The Body of the Dead Christ in the Tomb, Holbein, Hans, 1521, Oil on wood, Kunstmuseum Basel, Basel, Switzerland
Photos:
Top and Middle: Chris Ashley, Metropolitan Museum of Art, NY, May 2005
Bottom: Metropolitan Museum of Art, NY (used without permission)
Chris Ashley is an artist and educator who also writes about art. He lives in Oakland, and posts a drawing everyday on his weblog Look, See.
Posted by chrisashley at
09:16 PM
September 28, 2005
Interview with Vincent Romaniello
Vincent Romaniello’s exhibit at Gallery Siano The Urban Canvas (September 30 – October 29, 2005) is a genuine tour de force. Most importantly, it is a solo exhibition of a significant new body of work consisting of paintings, assemblages, and works on paper, all influenced by the structures, colors, surfaces, and layers found in urban environments in general, but particularly in Philadelphia, near where he lives.
The gallery is also showing videos that Vince makes about artists and their work and streams from his website, a generous act that puts the spotlight on others and makes an important documentary and educational contribution to the art scene. At the same time, Gallery Siano also hosts a group exhibition co-curated and organized by Vince that includes invited artists from the videos and the weblogging world, further proof of his commitment to creating opportunities for colleagues (full disclosure: I am included in the group show).
For more information and images please see InLiquid's feature article about The Urban Canvas. Links to the different artist videos in the series called Artists Varied Stripes are at the bottom of the page.
The following conversation between Vincent Romaniello and Chris Ashley was conducted via email during August and September, 2005. Vince lives and works in Willow Grove, Pennsylvania, near Philadelphia. Chris lives and works in Oakland and Berkeley, California.
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Chris Ashley: Architecture, or architectural structure, seems pretty central to your most recent work. Is this something that you have used in your painting all along, even in earlier work where it might not be quite as obvious, or is this a newer development?
Vincent Romaniello: It is a fairly recent development, since 9/11 actually. Looking back over my work from the beginning it falls into three major bodies. The first was figurative, in what one writer called an "old masters" style. I found that remark funny, as if you only had to push a button and there you have that style. The second is what I would call atmospheric abstraction. And the third, which includes my current work, is where I combine an organic and a structural element to arrive at what I feel is a better reflection of the world we live in.
CA: Can you break these different bodies of work into specific time periods and locations where you lived?
VR: I think where I lived at a given time could have affected my work, and probably did, but I don’t really know. I believe that there are many layers of things that cause my work change. I will give you an example. When I moved to New York City in 1990 I really got serious about painting. When you study painting it is a pretty natural thing to paint the figure, especially in class. You also look at a lot of work from the masters as part of your learning experience. I loved the color of Renaissance paintings and thought I could incorporate that into the modernist imagery that I was doing before I moved there from San Francisco. Instead, I got seduced into the whole humanistic philosophy that went along with the techniques. But I think I was also reacting to New York. I loved it there, but I did miss some of the beauty of California, and New York seemed anything but humanistic, especially when I first got there.
Now I live in a suburb of Philadelphia and miss the things that large cities have to offer. So again, I am reacting against where I live, or maybe I can see things better when I am removed from them. I find the architecture of the city, both new and old and in transition, inspiring.
CA: How have you moved from one body of work to another?
VR: I don’t know exactly. Here is another example: during the attacks of 9/11 I was doing a series based on the four elements- fire, water, air, and earth. By chance, the piece that was to be "fire" had this central shape in the underpainting that reminded me of a large building. The rest of the painting had passages that strongly resembled plumes of smoke. I left this as part of the elements in the series, but in fact it was the first step in a major change that would slowly evolve into what I am doing now.
The very next paintings were three pieces that I called "Smoky Bars on the Silk Road", which were consciously meant to be about the attacks of 9/11. The strongest image that stayed with me from the attacks was that of huge metal beams stuck into the ground with smoke all around them, and I translated that into this set of three paintings.
Realizing that using these hard-edged, straight bars was a major change for me, I began to think about these geometric elements in my work in a more formal sense. I saw that throughout art history, sometimes even in the most idyllic landscapes, straight lines could be found maybe in a farmhouse, a fence, windmills, etc. In portraits you find the subjects posed leaning on a ledge, near a window, or seated at a table. The seamless backdrop is a modern construct.
I thought about structure more and realized that these things were never natural phenomenon, but were only made by humans. This seems obvious, I know, but sometimes the obvious becomes more important in a given context. I then felt like it was escapist to leave out these human-made marks because we have made our presence felt everywhere on this planet and beyond.
You can find structural elements in some of my earlier work, but I wasn't conscious of how important a decision it was to use them at the time.
CA: The idea that these kinds of structures are always human-made is interesting; why do we pursue these kinds of shapes and edges? What draws us to straight lines and corners? We ourselves aren’t really straight and hard, although our orientation to the ground is more or less ninety degrees, or at least there is the idea of being perpendicular to the ground while also resisting gravity.
VR: I think we are looking for some kind of order in our lives. After recently seeing the film Grizzly Man I wonder now if maybe we are subconsciously afraid of nature. Another movie comes to mind, Walkabout, where after being lost and walking around in the outback they finally come upon a house. And you really take notice of the flat surfaces that humans like so much, like a patio or a road, and that our shoes are meant for those flat surfaces. Many of these things are used to tame the earth so it conforms better to our bodies. We make chairs so we can sit comfortably, and we need a flat surface to put the chairs on, and so on.
CA: In another discussion we had you mentioned your theory about the use of hard and straight edges in a painting, and how the actual painting itself doesn’t have straight edge. In other words a canvas’s surface and edges can actually seem somewhat soft. Can you elaborate on this theory, and talk about how it works in your paintings, or the work of other people that you like?
VR: Most everything I do in my artwork has three aspects. First, there are the formal: things I am thinking about and want to try, or the use of color, contrast, relationships to shapes, etc. Then there are the things that affect me in my life: my family, friends, war and other world issues, and so on. And the third aspect is the unconscious, which I feel I need to use but do not want to control.
Even though most canvases, paper, wood panels and other supports artists use have straight edges, the four sides that make them up, this is entirely different than when you make a straight edge somewhere on the interior of the painting’s surface. I think by using a box, line, rule or other straight-edged mark or shape you instantly create order in the work and also signal, on some level, that the human presence is there. I use tape or other tools to make a perfectly straight edge and have to mix the paint to the right consistency so it doesn’t move around freely, and this all comes through to the viewer. I believe we are all hard-wired from when we are born with countless signals we can recognize. One thing all artists hear from non-artists even when they are very young is, “that is great, I can’t even draw a straight line.” People think if one uses a straight line there is some kind of special talent involved and respect that even if they don’t like the image.
If an artist only uses straight-edged shapes they’re called geometric artists. The Cubists used them, as did the Futurists, because they knew people would get the feeling of the work being Modern. Before that, if geometric elements were used it was used in a smaller role. People were proud of their achievements in architecture and other technological advances in the Renaissance, but the difference there was that man was still at the center.
CA: I want to follow up on two things you touched upon above- the unconscious and conscious aspects of your art. You specifically mentioned the unconscious as one side of your work, perhaps as a source of some of your subject matter and images, but particularly in relation to how the unconscious is connected to the way that we are “hardwired” to respond to images, marks, space, texture, color, texture, and so on. So I want to ask you about how the unconscious is part of your own creative process and how you make your work
At the same time, you mention various artistic intentions throughout history, which are of course very conscious aspects of making art. Artists do this all the time: “I do this so that the viewer will respond like that.” This is something more than formal intentions- it has to do with the subject, meaning, and experience of your work. So aside from the three sides of your work that you mention- the formal, the personal, and the unconscious- is there a fourth side, too, which would be your conscious intentions about the subject, meaning, and look of your work?
VR: The unconscious aspect is openness to feelings and things that are deeper than the surface, and I want to be free enough to let that come out in the work. When I am starting a new series I don’t think about all of the different sides at work. I might have a kernel of an idea and work on it. By working I mean I spend a lot of time- days, weeks, months and longer- to try and get something that I am after to work. I will do works on paper for months. When I start I try out a lot of little ideas I have had. The individual paintings or drawings don’t seem like they belong to one another at that stage because it is too early for me to focus. Later when I find something I feel has possibilities I can then start working within some parameters. It does take work, and work to me is still a process of discovery.
This is where “conscious intention” comes in, but only after I have worked for a while and can then set up some mental guidelines for myself. Painting has so many possibilities that I feel like I need either a concept or a set of graphic devises before I can create a series. But even then I am still open to new things happening during the process
CA: This newer work you're showing at Gallery Siano seems to combine the more rigid structure with the atmospheric effects of previous work. Is this correct? And your color is definitely more urban, more like concrete and wood, than some of your previous work, especially the earlier work on paper with vertical divisions and brighter color. Is there something about this combination of structure and atmosphere that made you need to identify a different palette?
VR: Yes, this work has both structural and organic elements used together, just like everything around us. I am definitely aware that I made a big change in this new work. It doesn’t really take much for the work to look different. The reason this happened is because I wanted to work much larger, and because I felt like the space at Gallery Siano demanded it. That meant that it wasn’t practical to work on wood panels. Also, I didn’t like the idea of making colored panels and stripes that were six feet tall. But the way the work looks, the subject matter came from the influence of the urban landscape. I am still using hard edges, bars, panels, and organic passages, but I want an exhibition to be an installation, not just a group of individual pieces. When I say organic here, I am including the look of aged materials like concrete, brick, old torn signs, etc. These things come about over a long period of time, made by rust, pollution, weather, and countless other natural processes.
The current work comes from my experience working on videos around the streets of Philadelphia, mostly, and also from Miami, New York, and other places I have lived or visited. When I came back from shooting video in Miami I thought more about how each city seems to have its own palette. The colors that make up Miami was obvious to me, but I had to think about it more in Philadelphia. I came up with blue and brown as the two main colors. One of the things I find here is that the colors that the Southeastern Pennsylvania Transportation Authority (SEPTA) uses have a big impact. Another place this palette comes from is the fact that large parts of the city are poor, and that the people didn’t have the money to update their homes. So we have colors that were used many years ago that are still here; in fact, many from the time Edward Hopper was painting. These were cheap industrial colors like red ochre. I remember hearing that in Siena, Italy the reason the city has so many older buildings than other places in the country is because the plague wiped out a huge number of people and the city and the citizens were too broke to build new buildings, so they restored what they had. In parts of Philadelphia the same thing is happening, and I believe that saving older styles of architecture is a good thing.
CA: In a brief interview elsewhere (http://falsestart.org/vincentromaniello.html) you talked about how you first recognized at a very early age that you wanted to be an artist You drew well, and people admired and encourage that. You also played drums, and you have been involved in many different arts: acting, set design, graphic design, music, painting, sculpting and recently video. How did you move from wanting to become an artist and through all those other arts to where you are now?
VR: I think I became an artist for much the same reason that someone who grows to be seven feet tall ends up playing basketball. You see the possibilities based on how you feel and what others say about your talents, and then you start working. Little by little you get more and more serious, devote more time, sacrifice other things to paint or play music, and before you know it you are hooked. Being an artist takes a lot more work than I thought it would. And it gives back much less than what you put into it, but sometimes there is a reward, even if only you perceive it, and that almost makes it worth it. Many days I ask myself why in the hell do I do this? Making the videos is different though; I learned a lot by doing the videos because they aren’t about me. The videos are for showcasing other artists, not myself. They are not about me on many levels. If you ask most people who directed a certain movie, chances are they won’t have any idea. When you watch a movie you aren’t thinking about the director. Of course in this case I am the cameraman, and I do the sound, editing, interviewing, and so on.
CA: You’ve been producing videos about local artists and serving them from your own website for over a year now. It’s a very generous, community-oriented informational service that you provide, and your focus has been very broad, featuring artists engaged in very different kinds of subject matter and mediums. I’m sure you’ve gotten a lot out of it as well. I want to ask you about this, but I want to keep the spotlight on you: how has this engagement with a diverse range of artists affected your sense of the purpose of art, the reality of an arts community, and has this had any direct impact on your work in terms of subject, color, size, or your standards of success for your own work?
VR: I don’t think that interacting with the artists in their studios has affected my work directly in any of the ways you mentioned- color, subject, size. I have always been motivated and ambitious, and have more ideas than is probably good for me. During the taping it is funny how many artists say they are influenced by the same types of things, but it always comes out in a totally different way in their work. So even if I tried to incorporate something it would come out very different. I have learned technical things about encaustic for instance, but have no desire to use those things, at this point anyway.
The reality of the arts communities here and elsewhere, as far as the videos go, is that I have found the reception tepid. I also have had very little notice or even links from the blogging and vlogging world. I do have a few supporters, and I do appreciate their help in getting the word out so that the artists will get the attention they deserve.
My only agenda is to put the artists in the best light, and to help people understand their work better. Sure, I like hanging out with the artists and seeing their studios, but what I would love to see is more exposure for the artists nationally as well as locally. It is a whole different experience to do something for and about other people, completely different than being alone in the studio working on a painting. I have been fortunate this past year to be able to devote time to this project. I understand that most artists can hardly find time to do their work, let alone do things for other people, but if you can do so I recommend it highly.
CA: You’ve worked really hard the past few months on a body of work for this show at Gallery Siano in Philadelphia. This show has been even more labor for you because you’re also showing the artist videos, and you’ve organized an accompanying group show. After the show opens you’ll have time to catch your breath. I wonder if you have some sense of what directions your work might go next. After this intense period of working what leads are you likely to follow next?
VR: One of the best reasons to have a show is to get a dialog going with the people who see your work. That is why art criticism can be a good thing, good when it is well done. I hope to get feedback from a wide variety of people who are interested in the arts, and even those who aren’t necessarily art lovers. I will ask those people and artists I know what they think is the strongest piece, for instance. I am sure I will continue in this general direction, but because it is a large show I have tried out a lot of new ideas. If it were a smaller space I would have probably done an entirely different series of work. I continued to paint after the show was complete and the few pieces I did were more geometric and less organic. They remind me of graffiti removal but with a lot more happening. But what usually happens is that I have two or three series going at the same time. I heard once that there are two kinds of artists. The vertical artist stays on a course that is pretty straight, and seems to follow a logical progression that is clear. Then there are the horizontal artists who try many different things over their careers. I fall into the second group. I realize that the vertical artists are better rewarded by the gallery and museum systems, but I don’t agree with them, and I’ll do as Henry Miller wrote, “paint as you like and die happy.”
Chris Ashley
Oakland, CA 2005
Posted by chrisashley at
11:00 AM
September 10, 2005
Richard Schur's "Untitled" 2005
Richard Schur, Untitled, 2005, acrylic on canvas, 30 x 25 cm
The fine-weave canvas of Richard Schur's Untitled, 2005 is stretched over a thin wood stretcher, the front edges of which are rounded, so the painting doesn't have a a surface that is simply a taut, flat, pictorial plane. Instead the eyes follow the fabric surface around to the edge, and because of this the viewer becomes aware that the painting has a thickness that makes it more than just a picture. This awareness is further enhanced by the how the panes of color wrap around to cover about one quarter of the edge with paint. This makes each pane appear to have a depth: although each colored area is a quite thin layer of paint, the way the paint goes around the edge creates the illusion that each area of color could instead be a quarter inch thick tile laid on a support.
This painting has four kinds of edges: 1] the frayed edge of color where the paint seeps out from hand-placed, non-square strips of tape used to define the colored areas (disrupted or imperfectly functioning technology);
2] the soft rounded edge where the canvas bends around to the side of the stretcher (mass produced readymade- industrial technology); 3] the brushy, crusty edge of paint on the side of the stretcher made by the action of making the painting (the eye-guided movement of the hand holding a medium-specific technolgy- the brush); and 4] the edge created where the back side of the stretcher meets the wall when it's hung (an effect incidental to architectural and electric technology).
There are six kinds of space in this painting: 1] the flat panes of roughly rectangular color on a flat plane (pictorial); 2] the overlapping of one pane over another, for example, the red on the top right is obviously on top of both the yellow and the umber areas (physical); 3] the push and pull of panes via the hue and intensity of color (chromatics); 4] the atmospheric space of the orange on the bottom that overlaps the umber which allows the original edge of umber and some of the umber to peek through the orange (painterly); 5] each colored pane's appearance as a thick slab or tile laid on a surface (illusion); and 6] the integrated object comprising wood, cloth, and paint that is independent from but hangs on a wall (holistic). All of these kinds of space are aspects representation.
The top and bottom sections are nearly identical in height. One can imagine mixing the yellow on the top left and the red on the top right to make the orange at the bottom. The umber band is a neutralizing gap between the two colors above mixing into the single color below. This gap does two things: it's a hollow space behind the other three colors; and it's a plaza, a place for the viewer to linger before moving to the top of the painting into a space made by the red and yellow.
Imagine that the yellow continues towards the right underneath the red. The red's left edge overlaps the yellow and hangs just a slight nudge down into the umber; it's in that little gap at the edge of the hanging red that a small entry opens into a narrow space between the yellow and red. The vertical edge of the red is not ninety degrees; it leans forward, like a door slightly ajar. This is the single occurence in the painting of a kind of constructed, architectural space into which the viewer can enter, first with the eyes, then in conscious recognition with imagination, and then with the body, even if it's just our face trying to peer around a corner, and even more if we feel ourselves pulled into this little space, shoulder leaning in, heel lifting in a light step forward. We can imagine ourselves slipping into that narrow space between yellow and red where the light of these two colors glows and reflect and becomes orange.
This is a painting of four colored panes that is arithmetically orange, and it is a painting of a hidden orange space. In this calculation and this allusion it contains the surprise of unexpected representation of color, space, and light that the viewer carries away from it.
Chris Ashley
Oakland, CA, September 2005
Posted by chrisashley at
01:51 PM
September 01, 2005
Steve Karlik at Minus Space
Steve Karlik is now featured at
Minus Space. The interview
Steve and I conducted beginning last spring and over the summer is now available, and excerpts from the interview are published in the first catalogue produced by Minus Space, which can be
ordered from Minus Space.
Steve Karlik's paintings are formally refined yet generous in spirit, grounded in materials yet spatial and open. His work is that of a serious painter, at first seeming almost severe, yet with time revealing itself as sensual, emotional, and beautiful. A thoughtful viewer will find that his reductive forms can resonate with one's memory, references, and experiences; the associations one makes with his work are varied and surprising. The paintings involve our eyes, minds, and bodies. His work is scaled to our physical presence, but brings about in us a dual response — it is both intimate and monumental. If the personal is political, then the politics of Steve's work are a belief in the importance of the individual and a responsibility to the collective; in the viewer's heightened experience is found the significance of our connection to each other — the possibility of a simultaneously singular and shared meaning. - Chris Ashley, August 2005
The following conversation between Steve Karlik and Chris Ashley was conducted via email from April to July 2005, and included a studio visit in Williamsburg, Brooklyn, New York, on May 20, 2005.
Chris Ashley: Steve, why don’t we start with some basics: where are you from, and how did you become a painter?
Steve Karlik: I was born in 1960 and grew up surrounded by nature in rural Oregon, outside Portland to be exact. One day in my mid 20’s, I started painting because it gave me the latitude to reflect on the texture of the land as I experienced it. I’d been looking at James Lavadour’s paintings of eastern Oregon, and my first paintings were these gray-to-sepia blurs, washy landscape references with a few recognizable features. My only concern was pushing landscape painting further into abstraction until I was introduced head-on to Mark Rothko’s work. The washy fields I was painting then began to lose their landscape reference to something more non-objective. I attended Portland State University in 1990 and studied painting under Mel Katz, a Post-Minimalist sculptor from New York who introduced me to thinking about art in a pragmatic manner. When I got to Portland State, I was surprised because my studio was in the same building where Rothko learned math as a child. In 1995, I was accepted into the graduate program at Pratt Institute and moved to New York.
At Pratt I studied under Ted Kurahara and Linda Francis, and developed friendships with the Brazilian painter Daniel Feingold, and future Minus Space artists Mathew Deleget and Rossana Martínez. In 1996, I saw two important exhibitions that made a lot of sense: the Ellsworth Kelly retrospective at the Guggenheim; and the wall-mounted oil stick planes by Richard Serra at Mathew Marks. Kelly and Serra began to express for me critical art that pushed the relationships of form and space, and used those relationships to engage the viewer directly. Immediately after Pratt I found a studio in DUMBO (the Brooklyn neighborhood Down Under the Manhattan Bridge Overpass), and I now live and paint in Williamsburg, Brooklyn.
CA: You entered graduate school in your thirties, an age later than seems typical these days. What were you doing before then? What difference do you think your age may have made in your approach to graduate school, the work you did there, and the path you took afterwards?
SK: Before graduate school I was a book binder. I did that for about ten years. It was kind of a cool profession with lots of hands-on work. My age was a factor then in the kind of art I produced. I'd been in a trade for ten years where the production process was meticulous and extremely demanding. A strong sense of craftsmanship was essential, and you had to turn out a well-crafted product in large volume at high speed. I was twenty-seven at the time, and just entering art school as an undergraduate — I remember taking a lot of what I practiced at work into the studio. I had a studio for a while where I worked in the loft space above the production floor. I would work at night using the equipment below to produce art. I made a series of reductive forms that for the first time really followed an exact process determined by the materials. I would eventually use mylar and multiple layers of an industrial tape that was thick and soft, semi-transparent and amber-colored. As the layers built up, I would take the work-in-progress to the hydraulic cutter, apply clamped pressure (about 600 lbs per square inch) and clean it up with the hydraulic knife. I wish I still had some examples; the surfaces were packed and had the appearance of layered bands of raw beeswax. It was really then that I started developing a personal aesthetic.
CA: Bookbinding as a craft is, of course, very hands-on and visual. I think it’s fascinating that you were doing this other kind of visual work before painting, and that bookbinding lent its materials to the beginning of your making visual art. It sounds like you came to making art mostly on your own. How did making a painting with tape turn into painting with paint?
SK: The overall experience in the shop seductively smelled of drying ink, lacquer, and paper; it felt like a place where art was being made. I worked on a printing press setting up dies and locking in forms for the purpose of scoring book and magazine covers so they wouldn't crack when folded. These were basically locked-in steel structures that held scoring blades sandwiched between wood and lead strips of different widths and point degrees. The sheet would run over this die while moving around a large drum.
We had to sometimes shim the die to make it score deeper, and pack the drum with paper backing to protect it. Some of the runs were long and the drum would take a beating. When the run was over, the press was cleaned with lacquer thinner. There would be a deposit of dust, ink, oil, lead and tape on the backing sheets, a transferred film or stain that was a silky gray green. It wasn't long before I started seeing abstractly into the by-products of production.
I started using the backing sheets like an underpainting, applying a tape we used in production over these stains to give them depth and a thick, almost opaque, amber color. Soon thereafter, the tape became the primary focus. I could lay down tape, layer upon layer, apply pressure and repeat the process, building up a thick, waxy, amber field. I was creating art that looked like painting without actually painting. More importantly, I was intrigued by how much variation could be found within one unified surface. When I was formally enrolled in art school, this was the imagery I attempted to recreate with paint — it was dark, indifferent and physical, and it looked severe and spontaneous. Finally, the canvas seemed so much more vital to presenting it as art.
CA: It’s interesting how the imagery and surfaces in your paintings seem to have these definite sources. With this earlier work you’ve just described, there is a process of laying things down and working at a surface, and while your current work is quite different, there is also a great attention to surface and process. It’s always interesting to hear about what an artist has in mind, even distantly, when thinking about his or her work. You mentioned the landscape, and I'm wondering if there are references to other media or fields of study that are important to your work. For some this might be literature, film, architecture, music, scientific facts or data, and these might be influences that are visual, philosophic, sociological, and so on.
SK: I like to think that my paintings are somewhat informed by Modernist architecture. The 2004 panels on view on Minus Space with the elliptical forms actually came about after looking at Louis Kahn. I see these elliptical forms as drawings — plan views for idealized structures.
Modernist architects have done some amazing things, and when it’s really good, the thinking comes through visually. There's logic with architects like Alvaro Siza or Kahn that is tied directly to their relationship with materials — simplicity derived from using steel or wood, for instance, on steel’s and wood’s terms. The really good architects, historically, have had a close relationship with the materials and have had the ability to assert their own identity into the process, so that while the uniqueness of the materials helped shape the project, the project visually shows the architect's ideals. Siza's use of brick brought us unique forms that were realized by using brick slightly out of context. In looking at some of these structures, it all makes complete sense rather quickly.
CA: Can you describe some of the ideas you’re trying to realize in the work, and how you think you’re successful at making that happen? Perhaps you can talk about a specific work that you feel integrates the conceptual and visual aspects of your work.
SK: Finding ways of letting the materials carry an idea is something I'm always trying to track down and will probably always be moving towards; you could refer to it as transcendence of the everyday through visual experience. I like to think that reductive work has a poetic undercurrent that supports reductive painting's more literal and theoretical understanding.
The piece Settlement Series, Corsair (24 x 48 inches) has connotations that are pretty obvious — Corsair refers to the aircraft. This work is an idealization, and considers the pre-high modern images of some aircraft in current high-Modernist light. I think it's important to understand that this painting isn't a duplication of actual wing markings, but the essence of them through color and structure. The markings on the original aircraft were bands of white-black-white-black-white amidst the blue of the wing.
The materials used in the painting are hand-polished wood and specific hues of extremely flat gray-blue acrylic and tempera paint, which is brushed, rolled, and sanded with care and precision. I was careful to duplicate the original blue of the Corsair's body on the painting with mixtures of Cerulean Blue, Medium Gray Light, and Lamp Black; one band tended towards black and the other band is the actual blue of the Corsair. The piece is elongated, horizontal, and object-like to suggest a general sense of the ideal wing, yet it is the emblematic quality of the painted bands that is important for the painting to carry a reference to the actual Corsair. With the painted surface hard and matte, like paint on metal, there is a transition from non-concrete idea to meaning.
In the work Corsair, a visible reference to a specific, almost mythical aircraft is established in the context of contemporary art as motif, and the painting becomes a field where a current interest in blue finds a childhood fascination with a specific visual memory and plants it solely in an art context. The reference to a Corsair becomes less important than how the work reinterprets Corsair as the emphasis for making painting that engages in a dialogue with painting.
CA: Painters, particularly abstract painters, often work to make paintings that are both an image and an object, and work at integrating those two aspects. Each aspect requires its own considerations, and making the painting a whole entity requires additional considerations. Are you working towards a painting that the viewer can see holistically? And in doing this are you trying to let the viewer follow your decision making process, as well as be aware of whatever intentions or impulses you may be operating with? Is there an ideal that you hope to lead the viewer towards?
SK: I have a history of making work that is mute and intends to transcend expressive activity — what artist Daniel Feingold refers to as a "sound free ambiance devoid of personal expression." Holistic is a good term. Recognizing the painting pre-consciously, or feeling it in the gut, is one of the goals. Like most painting, the information is all there to be retrieved or uncovered, yet what is brought to the activity of viewing that positions the viewer centrally within the experience of the work is most important. I think if I were to move the viewer towards an understanding of the really precarious state that the idea of balance suggests, I would be adding value to art and painting in general.
CA: This notion of the viewer’s experience of your paintings as leading to an “understanding of the precarious state that the idea of balance suggests” really appeals to me. It’s something that one would think would be present in all art, but mostly in the background. It sounds like you want that to be one of the primary experiences of your work. Can you say a little more about that idea?
SK: I have always tried to establish an overall sense of balance, or rather equilibrium, so that it becomes the signature of oppositions that resonate in a kind of dance. Equilibrium reflects a universality or wholeness that is a dynamic state. You might say that I explore in painting what may exist in essence through geometric forms which are purely abstract and build (visually) into highly structured compositions. What is important is that space is not static, but a visually dynamic push-and-pull.
CA: It appears from studio photos that you work on paintings laid flat on the table, and my studio visit seemed to confirm that, too. Do you always work flat, or do you also work on paintings hanging on the wall?
SK: Rarely do I work on the wall. The surface I am after is blatantly flat with little imperfection. The paint I use is a water-thin mixture of acrylic and tempera with acrylic binders similar to extremely thin house paint, which dries with the same characteristics. The paint is put on in many coats and has a tendency to run, sometimes showing light-traces where the paint might dry more unevenly in areas that accumulate more paint. Having the work face up allows me to look at it as raking light falls down and across it. This is important with the darker colors, where what is required is a dense sheet or film. When light falls across the surface evenly, I know it's close to being finished.
CA: What is the “fox fur” reference that you are using in many of the recent titles? My guess is that it has something to do with color. It seems that all the paintings with "fox fur" in the title have a gray. There is, of course, the silvery gray of fox, and these grays look rather lustrous. How are you using that term?
SK: The term "fox fur" ultimately describes a range of grays that I started using in early 2004. When I did the series Fox Fur and Teal, I was rediscovering that all forms of gray are really complex hints of muted color, and I was looking for a title for the series that described the overall variations of gray within the range being used.
In the first series, however, entitled Fox Fur, I was pulling paint over the surface with a large knife, leaving accumulated skins of translucent paint. These skins or films always covered a dark blue or black ground and the surface became cloud-like in appearance. The term "fox fur" became descriptive of a process. It certainly referred to a subtle range of color, but also alluded to the nebulous quality of the final surface, i.e., the Fox Fur Nebula. The interest in the silvery grays stuck and I started using this focus as the basis for developing new work that considered color in a more specific manner. The "fox fur" reference finally became a reference to, or rather a description of, a quality of color, a non-descript silvery gray that ranges from yellow to magenta and includes any color absorbed by it.
CA: It can be pretty bold to say, as you do in your MINUS SPACE statement, "The work is not about anything, but the thought of remnants is important...," because you're asking the viewer to give up on expecting to be handed a readily received, digestible package of meaning. Instead the viewer enters into a pre-verbal, visual, time-based experience, which requires an investment in the process of looking, during which the painted object “unfolds.” In this dynamic I think the artist gives something to the viewer, but also requires that the viewer give to the work too. The viewer's giving is their engagement in the process of active, sensitive looking. Without that the image/object’s unfolding doesn't happen. Do you see this — the engagement, the unfolding through looking, the time it takes to do all of this — as part of the subject matter and meaning of your work?
SK: I don't like letting the viewer off the hook easily. I like to think I demand of the viewer as much as they demand of the so-called artwork. I don't think the viewer is transparent to painting, especially with reductive abstraction. There is no subject-object relationship, unless of course you immediately hand them all the answers right up front, so asking the viewer to go to the pre-verbal and give up on a readily digestible package of meaning seems appropriate for where I want my painting to go.
I say my work is not about anything because it sits in that literalist realm where it unfolds continuously with time. Some painting is visually ever-renewing; each time you come back to it there is some variable that wasn't noticed or that becomes apparent over time. Painting that is more literal is wholly manifest at any moment and never changes; it keeps unfolding continuously with time rather than over it. The work confronts the viewer and meaning depends partially on what the viewer brings to it and what the work offers. As a structure outside of consciousness that consciousness refers to, abstraction becomes a field that provides an extension into an idealized sphere of meaning. I think this has to happen pre-verbally before meaning is given.
CA: It seems to me that this structure would first engage the viewer in your experience, as a model, a thing outside themselves, and then as an experience of their own. Do you agree with that?
SK: I do. There are qualities in some art forms that are more, to some degree, objectifiable. Art can be representational and meaning can be developed more immediately. With non-objective or more literal art, the model is more perceptual and doesn't carry as well-developed or agreed-upon sets of meaning that a painting such as the The Last Supper or even a stop sign carries. With non-objective art we almost have to weigh the whole object and perceptually gauge its presence. We have to come to terms with it individually as a thing.
CA: The imagery and ideas you use have definite sources. Earlier you referred to the importance of Kelly and Serra in your comprehension of “critical art that pushed the relationships of form and space and used those relationships to engage the viewer directly.” I think this statement could apply to your work, too. I wonder if you could unpack this a bit, in particular, what this might mean for your art.
SK: Every once in a while, a painter or a sculptor needs to come along and really try to dismantle the art form. Kelly uses the formal, visual elements that define painting's flatness to make objects. Serra takes our understanding of an object and turns it back on us, redefining it by challenging human perception. In both artists I saw work that was highly conceptual because the idea became visible in the object during the viewing of it. I see art with heavy formal elements becoming a more open-ended system when the space of the viewer is enlisted.
To answer the question, in painting I look for visual elements that are speculative, that challenge the art form and remain unique in voice. The space of painting is a fairly tricky space to navigate; it's flat, but also contains connotations and narrations that are other than flat. Painting’s space is illusionistic. These concerns have to be orchestrated in a way that is visually unique, makes sense conceptually, and moves the art form ahead intellectually.
CA: We have talked elsewhere about the idea of a central metaphor to an artist's work. I brought up examples discussed in an interview in a catalogue for painter George Lawson; Lawson mentions painter Patsy Krebs’ idea of a central metaphor regarding one’s work and discusses his own central metaphor. For example, Krebs had referred to a reproduction of a Siennese Annunciation in her studio and identified the concept of transmission and inspiration as central metaphors for her work. In Lawson's case, as I understand it, a reproduction of one of the sarcophagus frescoes from the Diver's Tomb in Paestum is an image that he identifies with and connects his work to in terms of the importance of diving deeply, of taking a leap and plunging into the middle of an action, place, or emotion. Can you identify a central metaphor that is operating in your work? You've already mentioned the importance of Modernist architecture and also the idea of flight related to the Corsair airplane.
SK: Flight is beauty in tension — all that force, speed and grace. The reference to the Corsair worked well for that particular painting; it allowed me to locate idea in a realm separate from expression so I could remove myself somewhat and stand outside or adjacent to the work and visually focus on the painting.
I tend to be pretty methodical in my approach to looking at work-in-progress, and when I'm in the studio, I mostly contemplate the work’s visual logic. All the visual elements (surface, form, and color) have to balance, yet have a slightly-off quality, a weight. I’ll refer to it as a strange sense of familiarity. The Japanese refer to it in their traditional pottery as a balance of perfect imperfection, which comes from nature. The idea signifies for me a balance or beauty that has tension.
When I paint I tape off and paint rather quickly. The works are a lot less planned than they look. The slightly-off quality I refer to is a subtlety, and recognizing it on the panel before it’s taped-off is like seeing something as a flash that goes off when, for a brief moment, the mind is left with an imprint of structure. I really have to trust my decisions, because often times the kind of tension I’m after is poised on failure — failure of not being taken far enough, or taken too far.
CA: I think I see a number of ideas in operation in your work: the separation of idea and expression; the precarious nature of balance; and the moment of recognition, or understanding, as a flash. You work to achieve this by creating or finding tensions in a work that catches the viewer by surprise, sparking a moment of recognition or memory.
SK: I’m often surprised myself. Looking for minor visual elements, such as emerging color relationships or the relationships of form that need to be explored and made concrete, sits at the heart of what I do. What really inspires me is nature and its systems, the motion of which always tends towards maximum efficiency. It is nature’s systems that first got me interested in thinking about balance and how tenuous and resilient natural systems are, always poised between decay and regeneration. There is a lot of movement there that when experienced on a human scale looks static, but it’s constantly aligning and realigning itself so that it stays poised and efficient.
CA: There are a couple more ideas, I think. One is in the idea you mentioned related to pottery— is your painting a kind of following your materials and their properties and behaviors, of accepting what they can do, just as a ceramicist might have to do with clay and glazes? And secondly, you said you are looking for subtle tensions and beauty related to “perfect imperfection”— are you trying to create those tensions, or are you trying to find those tensions? Where does that tension reside? Is it mostly in the surface of the painting, in the drawing and form, or are there other aspects to the entire painted image and object that are contributing to these tensions?
SK: I definitely prefer to let the materials be themselves and follow them. The materials set the rules. Imperfections in the materials often set the tone for what happens visually with the entire painting. I first started using wood as a support for functional reasons — I tend to press hard, and it doesn’t warp as canvas can. Wood became an aesthetic choice because it’s a finished surface that reacts dramatically with nearly any surface next to it. The tonality of wood changes with different colors and can float or recede much as a color does depending on what color or texture is adjacent to it. I also prefer panels with a good deal of surface tension, where the grain shows stress or character.
An entire image or object in balance with its imperfections is worked to that level of completion and is usually a quality that is subtle and realized only when it’s finished. There is a level of spontaneity related to the painting process in finding it. Usually there is something (a form, a surface, or a color) that might weigh just a bit more than another area relative to it, or might impact the painting as a whole without being so obvious that it dominates the entire painting. This is how I ultimately see tension having the greatest strength. I like to work these areas of tension into relationships so they are controlled as an entire painting that functions as a system.
CA: Any recent developments in your work? What’s ahead?
SK: Sometimes we overlook things that after the fact seem painfully obvious. During our studio visit, you pointed out that my wood surfaces functioned like drawing by comparing them with the earlier pulled wax surfaces. I owe you for that one — it’s become a kind of echo with implications on how I might consider the surface as more active. “Flip” is a new piece on MINUS SPACE that reflects this. I am also starting a series of vertical wall mounted sculpture that involve reflective color and reflective light; they follow nicely off the paintings, but seem strangely lighter.
CA: I’m curious to know what place you think art, and in particular your art, has in the world? I’m asking that kind of eternal question about the meaning of art and what it’s good for.
SK: Someone once made a joke in one of my studio critiques at Pratt that started up a good conversation. They were considering the way of the dinosaur and trying to determine what kind I was. My instructor (bless her) told them, "the kind that wants to bring people to their knees" — that would be the Abstract Expressionist inside me. All joking aside, the kind of Modernism that was emerging after Abstract Expressionism, only gets to flourish sporadically. High Modernism keeps appearing and reappearing and is continually taking on new meaning and escalating Modernism as an art form that is critical of itself. That is the key to keeping Modernist art from intellectually going the way of the dinosaur. Because Modernism reserves some of the critical dialogue for the artists, I hope that my work helps push that dialogue along.
To answer the last part of the question honestly, I get kind of itchy if I go too long without moving paint around — again, the inner Abstract Expressionist talking. Painting allows me to navigate the world in a way that brings visual structure to its nuances, reshape it, tag it, preserve it, and color it. While I feel I’m continually arriving at something, I’m also searching for something and painting allows me to work that out visually. I also get a great deal of pleasure from living with painting.
Posted by chrisashley at
03:09 PM
August 20, 2005
Barnett Newman's "Concord"
As I've looked back through my treasure trove of photos taken in New York in May I keep wondering, "Hey, what happened to the picture I took of Barnett Newman's
Concord at the Met?"

I'm pretty sure I took a picture, or I meant to take a picture, or I thought I took a picture, or I got so caught up in looking at it that when I finally walked away from it I forgot to take a picture.
At the Met, as you look at close range past Jackson Pollock's Autumn Rhythm you see Mark Rothko's No. 13 (White, Red on Yellow), 1958; Newman's Concord is just to the left of the Rothko. I'd been looking at the Pollock from all angles, trying not to let myself be distracted by Concord, being patient, giving a few key works my full attention. It's too easy to be pulled from one thing to another, abandoning prematurely what deserves some time and consideration. I wasn't too drawn to the Rothko. When I came upon Autumn Rhythm there was a large tour group in front of it, and I enjoyed watching them look at the painting, and listening to their tour guide speak Japanese, wondering what she was telling them about "Jack the Dripper." I waited for them to leave, and then I more or less had the painting to myself. And it was quite an experience.
Then I turned to look at Concord, and I was floored. And after about twenty minutes, finally leaving it, I turned away, forgetting to take a picture, kind of stunned by the painting, and feeling somewhat spacy let myself be sucked in by the mysterious shadows cast by some Judd boxes. After not looking at the boxes, but instead looking the shadows, and thinking
about which part is the art here, the boxes, the light, or both, and thinking about how a painting has other apsects to it in its presentation that effect how we look at it, I turned a corner for another knockout punch: Warhol's Last Self Portrait and another Newman, Shimmer Bright, facing each other across a small gallery. I was so struck by this pairing that I spent another twenty minutes making notes, knowing I would write about this suddenly moving juxtaposition enhanced by the afterglow of experiencing Pollock's Autumn Rhythm, Newman's Concord, and the shadows from Judd's boxes. I did write Newman and Warhol: Duet at the Met, and as modest an essay as it is it was a wonderful exercise that opened for me a way to look at paintings a little more broadly, which is always a good thing, and which makes me I think to myself, "Why did it take me so long for that understanding to happen?" It's always a good thing.
But where was my picture of Concord? Not to be found. I looked several times- maybe I'd moved it somewhere. I kept looking, thinking that if I found it I'd be motivated to write about the painting, to get down a bunch of things swirling around in my head, things that I know will be difficult to say, and things that won't really get at the experience of seeing the painting. So instead I'll use an image of the painting from the Met site, and here goes.
Concord is about eight and a half feet high and four and a half feet wide. The ground or background is the color of a copper penny that's been soaking in water for a long time. This is one of the loosest of Newman's mature paintings; one clearly sees his brushstrokes, and you can tell that he covered the surface in three horizontal sections that roughly divide the painting in three bands- top, middle, and bottom. One can see the overlap of these sections where the paint darkens. One can see near the top of each of the three sections arcs of paint where Newman pulled the brush up and then pulled it back down.
The brush is dragged, the paint is spread, and evidence of Newman's movement is visually evident and physically felt.
Newman's strokes create atmosphere, but the brush marks contain the atmosphere to the edges of this painting. This isn't atmosphere that continues off into infinity; it's atmosphere within this particular painting, an object, and the way this atmosphere is contained within this painting feels logical. The viewer isn't launched or pulled beyond this painting off into space. The atmosphere within this painting is specific to this scale and is complete.
Concord has two of Newman's zips- vertical bands running parallel from top to bottom, positioned near the middle of the painting each three inches wide and separated by about two inches or more. From a distance the two zips look like two painted bars, placed early in the paintings history, that have been submerged in the painting's atmosphere by strokes of the copper green from the step when Newman covers the background in three horizontal passes of arcing strokes.
But up close things change- each zip is made with three inch wide masking tape attached to the painting. A close look reveals that each zip is obviously physically apart from the canvas; the zips lay on top of the canvas, and they have the smoother texture of tape, rather than the texture of canvas fabric. This is collage, and only the second painting, I believe, in Newman's oeurve where the zip is made with tape, the first being his breakthrough painting of the same year, Onement. The same color of copper green use for the background is brushed onto the tape; although the manner in which the paint is brushed on the tape is different that how the background is painted, the effect is to integrate the two zips into the painting which allows them to be enclosed in a swirling atmosphere and alsostand apart from this atmosphere.
Standing close to the painting you see all of this as material- it's physical. But it's difficult to tell in exactly what order of steps Newman made this painting. Was the copper green background painted first, then the tape was applied, and then more green painted on the tape? Was the tape applied to the canvas first and then the green painted around and over the tape? Some combination of the two?
The Merriam-Webster Dictionary defines "concord" as, "1. a state of agreement, a simultaneous occurrence of two or more musical tones that produces an impression of agreeableness or resolution on a listener", and "2. agreement by stipulation, compact, or covenant", and Concord's dual zips and atmospheric field reify this definition in how the painting creates an inter-resonace with the viewer. But the painting also contains, even exudes dualities. The hard, straight quality of the tape and the atmospheric brushy background are structure and gesture, intellect and emotion, preconception and intuition, architecture and the body. The split between the two zips makes two equal halves; our body confronts and identifies with the two zips as two sides of our bodies, and the small opening between them is a space for human experience that is beyond the body- thought, memory, privacy, recognition, fear- and a place that we come out of, too, back to the surface of the painting, the surface of the zips, and out into the atmosphere.
Concord is a body. The zips are a structure, a spine, and the three horizontal bands of brush green are the body- head and shoulders, the torso, and legs. Just beyond human size, the painting envelopes us without overwhelming us, and our bodies know this painting. Almost like an old a murky mirror, Concord barely reflects back at us; instead it measures and holds us, reaffirms us, something more akin to how the scale of Classical Greek architecture is based on human proportion.
The more darkly painted left zip is easily read as in the shadow of the right zip, which has less paint on it. In this sense the painting, while physically symmetrical, isn't pictorially symmetrical. Newman has it both ways. He has stable composition without stasis. Reading the two zips as not being on the same plane turns our body, makes our left side lean in and our right side hold steady to the surface of the painting. That little movement moves us or throws us off balance, and the space between the two zips is activated in another way: the cause and effect relationship of one zip casting a shadow on another, similar to how not only tall buildings in an urban environment cast shadows on other buildings, but how light can bounce between buildings and one can see the space between buildings as a volume or a shape. But then near the top of each zip, where we might identify a head, and the two zips could be two eyes or two ears, the unpainted areas of tape are vitually equal in color, the painting flattens out again, and feels like the kind of shallow space more like we might feel how our own face is a plane from which we look out with our eyes. Symmetry returns.
It's natural when looking at Concord to think of architecture, the sky, telephone poles, twin stacks, two trees, two lanes of highway, even a pair of skis or the trail of skis left in snow. I saw all of this, juggling and hopping from one image to another and back again, and then leaving these images behind to simply see and feel the form and space Newman made for an experience that is both human-scaled and epic at the same time. Being in New York I c